1 #LyX 2.0 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
29 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
30 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
36 % redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
37 \def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
38 L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
41 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
42 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
44 % macro for italic page numbers in the index
45 \newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}
47 % for customized page headers/footers
48 % only needed because they are only used in one section of the document
50 % change header rule width
51 \renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{2pt}
53 % workaround for a makeindex bug,
54 % see sec. "Index Entry Order"
55 % only uncomment this when you are using makindex
57 %\renewcommand*{\index}[1]{\OrgIndex{#1}}
59 \options intoc,bibliography=totoc,index=totoc,BCOR7.5mm,captions=tableheading
60 \use_default_options false
64 \maintain_unincluded_children false
66 \language_package default
71 \font_typewriter default
72 \font_default_family default
73 \use_non_tex_fonts false
80 \default_output_format default
82 \bibtex_command default
83 \index_command default
87 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
88 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
92 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
93 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
94 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
99 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
100 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue, pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true, pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false"
110 \paperorientation portrait
113 \notefontcolor #0000ff
130 \paragraph_separation indent
131 \paragraph_indentation default
132 \quotes_language english
135 \paperpagestyle default
136 \tracking_changes false
137 \output_changes false
155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
157 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
159 \begin_inset CommandInset href
161 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
172 \begin_inset Newline newline
176 \begin_inset Newline newline
180 \begin_inset Note Note
183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
184 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
185 \begin_inset Newline newline
190 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
198 \begin_layout Standard
199 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
200 LatexCommand tableofcontents
207 \begin_layout Chapter
211 \begin_layout Section
215 \begin_layout Standard
216 LyX is a document preparation system.
217 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
218 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
219 It is unlike most other
220 \begin_inset Quotes eld
224 \begin_inset Quotes erd
227 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
229 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
230 \begin_inset Quotes eld
234 \begin_inset Quotes erd
238 \begin_inset Quotes eld
242 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
245 pt type, left justified, 5
246 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
250 \begin_inset Quotes erd
254 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
258 \begin_layout Standard
259 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
262 \begin_inset Quotes eld
266 \begin_inset Quotes erd
272 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
276 \begin_layout Standard
278 \begin_inset Quotes eld
286 \begin_inset Quotes erd
289 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
290 the format of all of the manuals.
291 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
292 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
295 \begin_inset Quotes eld
303 \begin_inset Quotes erd
309 \begin_layout Section
313 \begin_layout Standard
314 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
316 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
317 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
321 \begin_layout Standard
322 Note that there is no horizontal scrollbar.
323 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
324 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
326 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
327 only a vertical scrollbar.
328 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
329 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
330 This, however, is due
331 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
332 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
333 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
334 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
336 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
337 this doesn't work for equations yet.
340 \begin_layout Standard
341 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
347 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
349 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
354 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
355 ing sections of this documentation.
358 \begin_layout Section
362 \begin_layout Standard
363 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
368 of the manuals from inside LyX.
369 Just select the manual you want read from the
376 \begin_layout Section
378 \begin_inset CommandInset label
380 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
387 \begin_layout Standard
388 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
389 without resorting to configuration files.
390 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
391 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
392 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
397 \begin_inset Index idx
400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
407 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
408 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.
409 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
413 \begin_inset space \space{}
416 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
417 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
419 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
423 \begin_inset Index idx
426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
427 Reconfiguration of LyX
432 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
435 \begin_layout Section
437 \begin_inset CommandInset label
439 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
446 \begin_layout Standard
447 You can edit documents in LyX without having LaTeX installed, but you will
448 not to able to create PDFs or print your documents unless you do have it
450 However, some LyX documents use DocBook as the `backend' that can produce
451 PDFs and the like, and every LyX document can always be output as plain
455 \begin_layout Standard
456 Some document classes may depend upon specific LaTeX or DocBook classes
458 Such document classes can be used even if you do not have the required
459 files installed, but you will not be able to produce certain kinds of output.
462 \begin_layout Standard
463 The LaTeX packages that LyX has found on your system are listed in a file
464 you can view from the menu
466 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
485 If you are missing packages you need, then you must install them and then
486 reconfigure LyX (menu
488 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
492 \begin_inset Note Note
495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
496 The two braces in the TeX Code box prevent that the term
497 \begin_inset Quotes eld
501 \begin_inset Quotes erd
504 from being printed with sub- and superscript letters.
505 More about TeX Code is described in section
510 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
512 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
516 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
521 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
523 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
533 \begin_inset Index idx
536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
537 Reconfiguration of LyX
542 See section 5.1 of the
546 manual for more information on installing additional LaTeX packages.
549 \begin_layout Chapter
553 \begin_layout Section
554 Basic File Operations
555 \begin_inset Index idx
558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
567 \begin_layout Standard
572 menu and in the standard toolbar are basic operations for any word processor
573 in addition to some more advanced operations:
576 \begin_layout Itemize
588 \begin_layout Itemize
606 \begin_layout Itemize
618 \begin_layout Itemize
624 \begin_layout Itemize
636 \begin_layout Itemize
646 \begin_layout Itemize
660 \begin_layout Itemize
670 \begin_layout Itemize
676 \begin_layout Itemize
682 \begin_layout Itemize
688 arg "dialog-show print"
694 \begin_layout Itemize
700 \begin_layout Standard
701 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
702 a few minor differences.
705 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
720 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
721 you for a template to use.
722 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
723 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
724 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
730 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
732 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
739 \begin_layout Standard
740 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
749 \begin_inset Quotes eld
753 \begin_inset Quotes erd
757 \begin_inset Quotes eld
761 \begin_inset Quotes erd
765 \begin_inset Quotes eld
769 \begin_inset Quotes erd
772 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
773 space is just that — a big, blank space.
781 \begin_layout Standard
802 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
807 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
832 will reload the document from disk.
833 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
834 and want to restore it to the last save.
843 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
844 can identify them as your changes.
847 \begin_layout Section
848 Basic Editing Features
849 \begin_inset Index idx
852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
859 \begin_inset CommandInset label
861 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
868 \begin_layout Standard
869 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
870 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or page of text, and can
871 delete whole words as well as individual characters.
872 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
874 We'll start with cut and paste.
877 \begin_layout Standard
878 As you might expect, the
882 menu and the standard toolbar has the cut and paste commands, along with
883 various other editing features.
884 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
888 \begin_layout Itemize
902 \begin_layout Itemize
916 \begin_layout Itemize
930 \begin_layout Itemize
940 \begin_layout Itemize
950 \begin_layout Itemize
966 arg "dialog-show findreplace"
972 \begin_layout Standard
973 The first three are self-explanatory.
974 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
975 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
984 keys also function as the
989 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
990 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
995 to get back the lost text.
998 \begin_layout Standard
999 \begin_inset Index idx
1002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1008 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
1012 \begin_inset space ~
1017 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
1020 \begin_layout Standard
1023 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1025 \begin_inset space ~
1028 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1030 \begin_inset space ~
1034 \begin_inset space ~
1039 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
1045 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
1049 \begin_inset space ~
1054 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
1055 will start a new paragraph.
1058 \begin_layout Standard
1059 \begin_inset Index idx
1062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1069 \begin_inset Index idx
1072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1080 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1082 \begin_inset space ~
1086 \begin_inset space ~
1094 \begin_inset space ~
1098 \begin_inset space ~
1104 Once you have found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
1109 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1112 \begin_inset space ~
1121 \begin_inset space ~
1126 button to skip the current word.
1130 \begin_inset space ~
1135 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1139 \begin_inset space ~
1144 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1146 If the toggle is set, searching for
1147 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1155 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1158 will not match the word
1159 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1167 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1173 Match whole words only
1175 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words, e.
1176 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1180 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1188 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1192 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1200 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1204 LyX offers also an advanced
1207 \begin_inset space ~
1211 \begin_inset space ~
1216 feature that is described in sec.
1217 \begin_inset space ~
1221 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1223 reference "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
1230 \begin_layout Standard
1231 Things like notes, floats, etc., the so called insets can be dissolved.
1232 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1234 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1239 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1246 \begin_layout Section
1248 \begin_inset Index idx
1251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1258 \begin_inset Index idx
1261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1268 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1270 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1277 \begin_layout Standard
1278 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1279 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1282 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1285 or the toolbar button
1291 to undo some mistake.
1292 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1294 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1297 or the toolbar button
1304 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1308 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1311 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100
1312 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1315 steps to minimize memory overhead.
1318 \begin_layout Standard
1319 Note that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as it
1321 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1325 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1328 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1329 This is a consequence of the 100
1330 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1333 step undo limit, above.
1336 \begin_layout Standard
1345 work on almost everything in LyX.
1346 But they won't undo or redo text character by character, but by blocks
1350 \begin_layout Section
1352 \begin_inset Index idx
1355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1364 \begin_layout Standard
1365 These are the most basic mouse operations.
1368 \begin_layout Enumerate
1373 \begin_layout Itemize
1378 once anywhere in the edit window.
1379 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1383 \begin_layout Enumerate
1388 \begin_layout Itemize
1394 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1397 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1400 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1403 \begin_layout Itemize
1404 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1406 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1413 \begin_layout Enumerate
1414 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1418 \begin_layout Standard
1419 Right-click on them to set their properties.
1420 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1424 \begin_layout Enumerate
1429 \begin_layout Standard
1434 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1439 \begin_layout Section
1441 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1443 name "sec:Navigating"
1448 \begin_inset Index idx
1451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1460 \begin_layout Standard
1461 LyX offers you several ways to navigate in documents:
1464 \begin_layout Itemize
1469 menu lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can
1470 click to jump to the corresponding document part.
1473 \begin_layout Itemize
1474 The `Outline', which is accessed either by the menu
1476 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1479 or by the toolbar button
1482 arg "dialog-toggle toc"
1488 \begin_layout Itemize
1489 You can set bookmarks in your document under
1491 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1494 and use the same menu to return to them.
1495 Note that bookmarks are saved between sessions.
1498 \begin_layout Standard
1502 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
1507 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1508 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1511 ) jumps to the position in the document where you recently changed something.
1512 This is useful when you have a large document and have navigated or scrolled
1513 to another document part to look for something, and want to go back to
1514 your last editing position.
1517 \begin_layout Subsection
1521 \begin_layout Standard
1522 The Outline was known in earlier versions of LyX as the
1523 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1527 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1530 , since its original purpose was to display the document's table of contents.
1531 The Outline has become much more powerful now, however.
1532 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1533 several different lists, including other TOC-like objects, such as lists
1534 of tables and figures, but also lists of footnotes, or labels and cross-referen
1536 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1537 LatexCommand formatted
1538 reference "sec:Cross-References"
1542 ), or notes, or citations (see
1543 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1544 LatexCommand formatted
1545 reference "sec:Bibliography"
1550 Clicking on any of these will take you to the corresponding object in your
1552 The Outline has become much more powerful now, however.
1553 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1554 several different lists, including other TOC-like objects, such as lists
1555 of tables and figures, but also lists of footnotes, or labels and cross-referen
1557 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1558 LatexCommand formatted
1559 reference "sec:Cross-References"
1563 ), or notes, or of citations (see
1564 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1565 LatexCommand formatted
1566 reference "sec:Bibliography"
1571 Clicking on any of these will take you to the corresponding object in your
1575 \begin_layout Standard
1576 Right-clicking on elements in the Outline will in many cases open a context
1577 menu that will allow for direct modification of those elements.
1578 For example, with citations, the context menu allows you to open the citation
1579 dialog and to modify the citation.
1580 Right-clicking a change will allow you to accept or reject it.
1584 \begin_layout Standard
1585 The `Filter' field at the top allows you to restrict which entries appear
1587 For example, if you are displaying the list of Labels and References and
1588 wish to see only references to subsections, you can enter the text
1589 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1593 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1596 in the filter, and only entries containing that text will be displayed.
1599 \begin_layout Standard
1600 At the bottom of the outline are several buttons and the like that allow
1601 you further to control the display.
1606 option sorts the current list alphabetically.
1607 Otherwise, the elements appear in the order in which they occur in the
1612 option keeps it in the current view state.
1613 Keeping means that when you have e.
1614 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1618 \begin_inset space \space{}
1621 the subsections of section
1622 \begin_inset space ~
1625 2 and 4 shown and click on section
1626 \begin_inset space ~
1629 3, the subsections of section
1630 \begin_inset space ~
1633 2 and 4 will still be shown.
1638 option they will be hidden to highlight the clicked section
1639 \begin_inset space ~
1643 Finally, the slider at the left can be used to open the Outline to a given
1645 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1649 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1653 It is best just to experiment with it to see how it works.
1656 \begin_layout Standard
1658 \begin_inset space ~
1662 \begin_inset Graphics
1663 filename ../images/reload.png
1668 \begin_inset space ~
1671 button refreshes the TOC (though this should not usually be necessary).
1672 Next to it are buttons that allow you to change the position of sections
1675 \begin_inset space \space{}
1679 \begin_inset Graphics
1680 filename ../images/down.png
1682 groupId toolbarbuttons
1687 \begin_inset space ~
1691 \begin_inset space \space{}
1695 \begin_inset Graphics
1696 filename ../images/up.png
1698 groupId toolbarbuttons
1703 \begin_inset space ~
1706 buttons move sections up and down in the document.
1707 So, for example, you can move section
1708 \begin_inset space ~
1712 \begin_inset space ~
1715 2.4 or after section
1716 \begin_inset space ~
1720 LyX will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order.
1722 \begin_inset Graphics
1723 filename ../images/promote.png
1725 groupId toolbarbuttons
1730 \begin_inset Graphics
1731 filename ../images/demote.png
1733 groupId toolbarbuttons
1737 (or the corresponding key bindings
1745 ) you can change the level of sections.
1746 So you can for example make section
1747 \begin_inset space ~
1751 \begin_inset space ~
1755 \begin_inset space ~
1761 \begin_layout Section
1762 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1764 name "sec:Input-Completion"
1769 \begin_inset Index idx
1772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1779 \begin_inset Index idx
1782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1810 Input / Word Completion
1813 \begin_layout Standard
1814 LyX provides completion of words by scanning all documents that are currently
1816 Every word that appears in these documents is added to a database that
1817 is used to propose completions.
1820 \begin_layout Standard
1821 By default LyX shows a small triangle behind the cursor as indicator that
1822 there are completions available.
1823 You can then press the
1827 key to use this completion.
1828 When several completions are possible, a popup is opened showing them.
1829 You can select a completion in the popup using the mouse or the arrow keys,
1830 and accept the chosen completion be pressing
1837 \begin_layout Standard
1838 In the preferences dialog, which is opened with the menu
1840 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1843 , the cursor completion indicator can be turned off in the section
1845 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1848 by deselecting the option
1855 Automatic inline completion
1857 the proposed completion is shown directly behind the cursor position.
1858 To accept this proposal, use the
1867 the completions are always shown in a popup.
1868 LyX offers some more completion settings for experts that are described
1870 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1874 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1876 reference "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
1883 \begin_layout Section
1885 \begin_inset Index idx
1888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1895 \begin_inset Index idx
1898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1927 \begin_inset Index idx
1930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1961 \begin_layout Standard
1962 There are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA and Emacs.
1963 LyX's default is CUA.
1966 \begin_layout Standard
1970 \begin_inset space ~
1978 \begin_inset space ~
1999 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
2003 \begin_layout Labeling
2004 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2008 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2009 LatexCommand nomenclature
2011 description "Tabulator key"
2017 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
2018 If you don't understand this, go read sections
2019 \begin_inset space ~
2023 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2025 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
2030 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2032 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
2036 , especially section
2037 \begin_inset space ~
2041 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2043 reference "sub:Lists"
2049 If you're still confused, look in the
2056 \begin_layout Labeling
2057 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2061 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2062 LatexCommand nomenclature
2064 description "Escape key"
2071 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2075 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2078 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
2079 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
2082 \begin_layout Labeling
2083 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2089 \begin_inset space ~
2093 \begin_inset space ~
2100 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
2101 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
2105 \begin_layout Standard
2106 There are three modifier keys:
2109 \begin_layout Labeling
2110 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2116 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2124 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2128 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2129 LatexCommand nomenclature
2131 description "Control key"
2135 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
2136 on which keys it's used in combination with:
2140 \begin_layout Itemize
2149 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
2152 \begin_layout Itemize
2161 , it moves by words instead of characters.
2164 \begin_layout Itemize
2173 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
2177 \begin_layout Labeling
2178 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2184 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2192 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2196 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2197 LatexCommand nomenclature
2199 description "Shift key"
2203 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
2204 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
2207 \begin_layout Labeling
2208 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2214 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2222 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2226 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2227 LatexCommand nomenclature
2229 description "Alt or Meta key"
2233 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
2234 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
2235 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
2241 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
2243 menu accelerator keys
2246 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
2247 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
2251 \begin_layout Standard
2252 For example, the sequence
2253 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2259 \begin_inset space ~
2263 \begin_inset space ~
2269 \begin_inset space ~
2277 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2281 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2285 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2290 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2296 \begin_inset space ~
2302 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2312 \begin_layout Standard
2317 manual lists all other things bound to the
2325 \begin_layout Standard
2326 You'll learn more and more key bindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
2327 because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
2328 bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
2329 just triggered, and any existing key bindings for that action.
2330 The LyX menus also list the defined key bindings.
2331 The notation for the key bindings is very similar to the notation used
2332 in this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding
2334 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
2335 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2343 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2350 followed by a capital
2357 \begin_layout Standard
2358 You can list or change the key bindings in the menu
2360 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2365 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2368 as explained in sec.
2369 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2373 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2375 reference "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
2382 \begin_layout Chapter
2384 \begin_inset Index idx
2387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2396 \begin_layout Section
2398 \begin_inset Index idx
2401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2410 \begin_layout Subsection
2414 \begin_layout Standard
2415 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2416 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
2417 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2418 numbering schemes, and so on.
2419 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2420 and format the title of your document differently.
2423 \begin_layout Standard
2428 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2429 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
2430 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2431 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2432 So it is up to you to change the class of your document.
2435 \begin_layout Standard
2436 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2437 how to adjust their properties.
2440 \begin_layout Subsection
2442 \begin_inset Index idx
2445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2452 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2454 name "sec:Document-Classes"
2461 \begin_layout Standard
2462 You can select a class using the
2464 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2465 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2469 \begin_inset Index idx
2472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2479 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2483 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2487 \begin_layout Standard
2488 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
2492 \begin_layout Description
2493 Article for basic articles
2496 \begin_layout Description
2497 Report for basic reports
2500 \begin_layout Description
2501 Book for writing a book
2504 \begin_layout Description
2505 Letter for US-style letters
2508 \begin_layout Standard
2509 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2510 installed the corresponding LaTeX class files, though most LaTeX distributions
2511 will include many of these.
2512 Here are some of the classes.
2513 The full list with detailed explanations can be found in chapter
2515 Special Document Classes
2524 \begin_layout Description
2525 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
2528 \begin_layout Description
2529 ACS For submissions to the journals published by the American Chemistry
2533 \begin_layout Description
2534 AGU For submissions to the journals published by the American Geophysical
2538 \begin_layout Description
2539 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
2540 Mathematical Society (AMS).
2541 There are three article layouts available.
2542 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
2543 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2544 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2545 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2547 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2550 sequential numbering
2551 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2554 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2555 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2556 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2557 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2560 \begin_layout Description
2561 Beamer Layout for presentations
2564 \begin_layout Description
2565 Broadway Layout for writing plays.
2566 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2570 \begin_layout Description
2571 Chess Layout to write about chess games
2574 \begin_layout Description
2576 \begin_inset space ~
2579 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
2582 \begin_layout Description
2583 Elsarticle Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
2586 \begin_layout Description
2587 Foils Used to make transparencies
2590 \begin_layout Description
2591 Hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
2592 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2596 \begin_layout Description
2597 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
2598 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
2601 \begin_layout Description
2602 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
2605 \begin_layout Description
2606 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
2609 \begin_layout Description
2610 KOMA-Script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
2611 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
2612 (Is used by this document.)
2615 \begin_layout Description
2616 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
2619 \begin_layout Description
2620 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2623 \begin_layout Description
2628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2635 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2636 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2638 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2641 \begin_layout Description
2642 Slides Used to make transparencies
2645 \begin_layout Description
2647 \begin_inset space ~
2650 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2651 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2654 \begin_layout Description
2655 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2658 \begin_layout Standard
2659 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
2661 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in Chapter
2667 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
2668 of the document classes.
2671 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2675 \begin_layout Standard
2676 You will probably find that many of the document classes listed under
2678 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2679 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2681 \begin_inset Index idx
2684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2693 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2697 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2701 If you open a document that uses such a class, you will receive a warning
2702 saying that there are files that are required to produce output that are
2704 So it may seem that something is wrong.
2707 \begin_layout Standard
2709 LyX includes many more document classes than you will ever need to use,
2710 and some of them, like
2714 , are highly specialized.
2715 LyX tries to support as many different types of documents as possible,
2716 and it includes almost one hundred different layout files, with a growing
2718 No LaTeX distribution will install by default all files that might be needed
2719 by some document class.
2720 There are just too many of them.
2721 That is why some of the document classes are unavailable.
2724 \begin_layout Standard
2725 If there is a document class you would like to use that is marked as
2726 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2730 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2733 , you just need to install the appropriate package files.
2734 The easiest way to find out which files you need to install is to use that
2735 document class for a new file.
2736 LyX will display a dialog that will list the missing files.
2738 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2741 Installing new LaTeX files
2742 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2749 manual for information on how to install them.
2750 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
2756 \begin_layout Standard
2757 Although LyX provides support for many different sorts of documents, it
2758 does not include support for every document class people might want to
2760 For example, many universities provide LaTeX class files to be used for
2761 dissertations submitted to those universities.
2762 The LyX team cannot write layout files to support every one of these.
2764 Fortunately, users can write their own layout files, and many users have
2767 \begin_inset space ~
2774 manual contains information on how to create layout files.
2777 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2779 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2786 \begin_inset Index idx
2789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2798 \begin_layout Standard
2799 Modules load additional features that are not by default available in the
2800 chosen document class.
2801 For example you might want to write Braille (embossed printing) in a document.
2802 This is not available in any document class, so you have to load the correspond
2809 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2813 \begin_inset Index idx
2816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2823 Highlighting a module in the dialog will bring up a description of what
2827 \begin_layout Standard
2828 Some modules require LaTeX packages or file format converters that are not
2829 always installed by default.
2830 LyX will warn you if you do not have a needed package or converter, and
2831 it will tell you what exactly you are missing.
2832 You can still use the module while editing your file, but you will not
2833 be able to export to PDF or print your document, since LyX will not be
2834 able to compile the LaTeX file without the missing prerequisites.
2835 If you want to be able to produce this kind of output, then you need to
2836 install the missing prerequisites and then reconfigure LyX by selecting
2839 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2843 \begin_inset Index idx
2846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2847 Reconfiguration of LyX
2853 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2856 Installing new LaTeX files
2857 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2864 manual for more information on installing needed packages.
2867 \begin_layout Standard
2868 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2876 Some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules are incompatible.
2877 LyX will advise you about these things.
2885 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2887 \begin_inset Index idx
2890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2891 Document ! Local Layout
2899 \begin_layout Standard
2900 Modules are to LyX much as packages are to LaTeX: They are intended to be
2901 used in a variety of different documents, and if you often find yourself
2902 needing the same sort of thing in different documents, you should consider
2903 writing a module for this purpose.
2904 Sometimes, however, a particular document has very special needs, and you
2905 find yourself wanting a specific inset or character style, but only that
2907 You want something that is like a document's own LaTeX preamble.
2908 What you want is LyX's
2909 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2913 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2917 See chapter 5 of the Customization manual for information on how to use
2921 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2925 \begin_layout Standard
2926 Each class has a default set of options.
2927 Here's a quick table describing them:
2930 \begin_layout Standard
2931 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2937 \begin_layout Standard
2939 \begin_inset Tabular
2940 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
2941 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
2942 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2943 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2944 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2945 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2946 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2975 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2993 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3066 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3084 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3157 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3230 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3284 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3304 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3321 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3375 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3400 \begin_layout Standard
3401 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3407 \begin_layout Standard
3408 You're probably also wondering what
3409 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3413 \begin_inset space ~
3417 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3421 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
3422 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
3427 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
3432 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
3442 headings, there are also
3450 headings, and so on.
3451 We'll describe these headings fully in section
3452 \begin_inset space ~
3456 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3458 reference "sub:Headings"
3465 \begin_layout Subsection
3467 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3469 name "sub:Document-Layout"
3474 \begin_inset Index idx
3477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3486 \begin_inset Index idx
3489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3498 \begin_layout Standard
3499 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
3501 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3512 \begin_inset space ~
3517 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
3519 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
3520 to use for your document.
3521 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
3525 \begin_layout Standard
3532 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3538 \begin_inset space ~
3543 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
3544 You can choose between the following five options:
3547 \begin_layout Labeling
3548 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3553 Use default page style of current class.
3556 \begin_layout Labeling
3557 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3562 No page numbers or headings.
3565 \begin_layout Labeling
3566 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3574 \begin_layout Labeling
3575 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3580 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
3581 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
3582 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
3585 \begin_layout Labeling
3586 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3591 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
3597 \begin_inset Index idx
3600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3601 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
3607 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
3608 To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
3610 Check the documentation for the
3614 package for more details,
3615 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
3624 \begin_layout Standard
3629 of paragraphs is described in section
3630 \begin_inset space ~
3634 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3636 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3643 \begin_layout Subsection
3644 Paper Size and Orientation
3645 \begin_inset Index idx
3648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3649 Document ! Paper size
3655 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3657 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
3664 \begin_layout Standard
3665 You'll find the following options in the menu
3668 \begin_inset space ~
3673 of the dialog of the
3675 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3681 \begin_inset Index idx
3684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3693 \begin_layout Labeling
3694 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3698 \begin_inset space ~
3703 What size paper to print on.
3708 \begin_layout Itemize
3714 \begin_layout Itemize
3720 \begin_layout Itemize
3726 \begin_layout Itemize
3732 \begin_layout Itemize
3735 US letter, US legal, US executive
3738 \begin_layout Itemize
3744 \begin_layout Itemize
3751 \begin_layout Labeling
3752 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3757 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
3768 \begin_layout Labeling
3769 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3773 \begin_inset space ~
3778 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
3779 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
3782 \begin_layout Subsection
3784 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3791 \begin_inset Index idx
3794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3801 \begin_inset Index idx
3804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3813 \begin_layout Standard
3814 Paper margins are set in the menu
3816 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3820 \begin_inset Index idx
3823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3832 \begin_layout Standard
3833 If you use a KOMA-Script document class, you can use the default settings.
3834 Because KOMA-Script calculates then the print space automatically by taking
3835 the paper format and the font size into account.
3838 \begin_layout Subsection
3842 \begin_layout Standard
3843 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3848 That includes the paragraph environments.
3849 Some paragraph environments are standard, in so far as all of the document
3850 classes have them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3851 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX will mark the
3852 paragraphs whose styles it no longer understands as
3853 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3857 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3861 The name of the style is retained, in case you should want to go back to
3863 But these paragraphs will be output with no special formatting, so you
3864 will either need to create a new style yourself or else to convert these
3865 paragraphs manually to a style present in your new document class.
3868 \begin_layout Section
3869 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3870 \begin_inset Index idx
3873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3874 Paragraph ! Indentation
3882 \begin_layout Subsection
3884 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3886 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3893 \begin_layout Standard
3894 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3895 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3898 \begin_layout Standard
3899 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3900 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3901 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3902 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3906 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3912 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3913 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3914 language than English.
3915 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
3918 \begin_layout Standard
3919 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3920 and text — in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are pre-coded
3922 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3923 LyX takes care of that.
3924 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3926 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3927 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3928 of a page, and so on.
3932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3933 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3938 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3939 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
3943 of these pre-coded spacings.
3944 We'll explain more later.
3947 \begin_layout Subsection
3948 Paragraph Separation
3949 \begin_inset Index idx
3952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3953 Paragraph ! Separation
3961 \begin_layout Standard
3962 To separate paragraphs, select
3973 \begin_inset space ~
3980 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3984 \begin_inset Index idx
3987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3993 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
3996 \begin_layout Subsection
4000 \begin_layout Standard
4001 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
4004 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4006 \begin_inset space ~
4011 dialog and toggle the
4014 \begin_inset space ~
4019 option to change the state of the current paragraph (shortcut
4022 arg "paragraph-params \\indent-toggle"
4026 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
4027 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
4031 \begin_layout Standard
4032 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
4033 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
4036 \begin_layout Subsection
4038 \begin_inset Index idx
4041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4042 Paragraph ! Line spacing
4050 \begin_layout Standard
4053 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4057 \begin_inset Index idx
4060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4069 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
4072 \begin_inset space ~
4081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4082 You need to have the LaTeX-package
4087 \begin_inset Index idx
4090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4091 LaTeX-packages ! setspace
4096 installed to use this feature.
4104 \begin_layout Section
4105 Paragraph Environments
4106 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4108 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
4113 \begin_inset Index idx
4116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4117 Paragraph ! Environments
4123 \begin_inset Index idx
4126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4127 Paragraph environments|(
4135 \begin_layout Subsection
4139 \begin_layout Standard
4140 Paragraph environments correspond to the
4143 \begin_layout Standard
4162 \begin_inset Newline newline
4165 command sequence in LaTeX files.
4166 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
4167 alien to you, we urge you to read the
4176 also contains many more examples than this section does.
4179 \begin_layout Standard
4180 A paragraph environment is simply a
4181 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4185 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4188 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
4189 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
4190 scheme, labels, and so on.
4191 Additionally, you can
4192 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4196 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4199 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
4200 to inherit some of the properties of another.
4201 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
4202 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
4203 days of typewriters.
4204 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
4206 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
4209 \begin_layout Standard
4210 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box
4211 \begin_inset Graphics
4212 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
4218 at the left end of the toolbar.
4219 LyX will change the environment of the
4223 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
4224 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
4225 you select them before choosing the new environment.
4229 \begin_layout Standard
4238 create a new paragraph using the
4242 paragraph environment.
4244 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4248 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4251 because if you are in one of these environments:
4254 \begin_layout Itemize
4260 \begin_layout Itemize
4266 \begin_layout Itemize
4272 \begin_layout Itemize
4278 \begin_layout Itemize
4284 \begin_layout Itemize
4290 \begin_layout Itemize
4296 \begin_layout Standard
4297 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
4301 , rather than resetting it to
4306 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
4307 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
4308 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
4309 \begin_inset space ~
4313 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4315 reference "sec:Nesting"
4320 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
4325 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
4326 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
4330 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
4336 \begin_layout Subsection
4340 \begin_layout Standard
4341 The default paragraph environment is
4346 It creates a plain paragraph.
4347 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
4348 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
4349 this manual) are in the
4356 \begin_layout Standard
4357 You can nest a paragraph using the
4361 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
4369 \begin_layout Subsection
4371 \begin_inset Index idx
4374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4383 \begin_layout Standard
4384 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
4386 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4390 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4393 for thanks or contact information.
4394 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
4395 page along with today's date.
4396 For other types of documents, the title
4397 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4401 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4404 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
4408 \begin_layout Standard
4409 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
4423 Here's how you use them:
4426 \begin_layout Itemize
4427 Put the title of your document in the
4434 \begin_layout Itemize
4435 Put the author name in the
4442 \begin_layout Itemize
4443 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
4444 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
4450 Note that using this environment is optional.
4451 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
4452 If you don't want any date, add the line
4453 \begin_inset Newline newline
4463 \begin_inset Newline newline
4466 to the preamble of your document (menu
4468 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4474 \begin_layout Standard
4475 You can use footnotes to insert
4476 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4480 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4483 or contact information.
4486 \begin_layout Subsection
4488 \begin_inset Index idx
4491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4498 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4507 \begin_layout Standard
4508 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
4509 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
4512 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4514 \begin_inset Index idx
4517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4518 Section headings ! Numbered
4526 \begin_layout Standard
4527 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
4531 \begin_layout Enumerate
4537 \begin_layout Enumerate
4543 \begin_layout Enumerate
4549 \begin_layout Enumerate
4555 \begin_layout Enumerate
4561 \begin_layout Enumerate
4567 \begin_layout Enumerate
4573 \begin_layout Standard
4574 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
4575 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
4576 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
4579 \begin_layout Standard
4580 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
4581 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
4582 You group the book into chapters.
4583 LyX does similar grouping:
4586 \begin_layout Itemize
4591 is divided in either
4602 \begin_layout Itemize
4614 \begin_layout Itemize
4626 \begin_layout Itemize
4638 \begin_layout Itemize
4650 \begin_layout Itemize
4662 \begin_layout Standard
4663 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4671 Not all document types use the
4675 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
4680 is the top-level heading.
4688 \begin_layout Standard
4693 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
4694 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
4696 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
4698 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4702 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4708 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4710 \begin_inset Index idx
4713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4714 Section headings ! Unnumbered
4722 \begin_layout Standard
4723 There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
4727 \begin_layout Enumerate
4733 \begin_layout Enumerate
4739 \begin_layout Enumerate
4745 \begin_layout Enumerate
4751 \begin_layout Enumerate
4757 \begin_layout Standard
4759 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4763 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4766 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
4767 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
4768 table of contents, see section
4769 \begin_inset space ~
4773 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4782 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4783 Changing the Numbering
4784 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4786 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
4793 \begin_layout Standard
4794 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
4795 in the Table of Contents.
4796 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
4798 Certain classes start with
4812 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
4822 This is something you can change.
4825 \begin_layout Standard
4828 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4834 \begin_inset Index idx
4837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4848 \begin_inset space ~
4852 \begin_inset space ~
4857 you'll see two counters.
4862 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4864 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4868 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4869 Short Titles of Headings
4870 \begin_inset Index idx
4873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4874 Section headings ! Short titles
4880 \begin_inset Argument
4883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4890 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4892 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4899 \begin_layout Standard
4900 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4901 This can cause trouble when there is limited horizontal space.
4902 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4903 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4906 \begin_layout Standard
4907 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4908 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4909 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4910 To specify a short title, use the menu
4912 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4914 \begin_inset space ~
4920 This will insert a box labeled
4921 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4925 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4929 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4933 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4936 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4937 This also works for captions inside floats.
4940 \begin_layout Standard
4941 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4944 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4948 \begin_layout Standard
4949 The following information applies to all section headings:
4952 \begin_layout Itemize
4953 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4956 \begin_layout Itemize
4957 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4960 \begin_layout Itemize
4961 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4964 \begin_layout Itemize
4965 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4968 \begin_layout Subsection
4969 Quotes and Poetry line spacing
4972 \begin_layout Standard
4973 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
4987 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
4988 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
4989 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
4990 the text they contain.
4991 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
4999 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
5002 \begin_layout Standard
5003 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
5012 when you start a new paragraph.
5013 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
5017 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
5018 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
5019 to change back to the
5023 environment yourself.
5026 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5036 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5043 \begin_inset Index idx
5046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5055 \begin_layout Standard
5056 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
5057 time for the differences.
5066 are identical except for one difference:
5070 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
5079 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
5082 \begin_layout Standard
5083 Here's an example of the
5096 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
5098 See – no indentation!
5102 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
5103 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
5104 the other paragraph.
5107 \begin_layout Standard
5108 Here's another example, this time in the
5115 \begin_layout Quotation
5121 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
5122 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
5123 the first line, then
5127 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
5131 you were quoting other text.
5134 \begin_layout Quotation
5135 Here's a new paragraph.
5136 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
5137 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
5140 \begin_layout Standard
5141 As the examples show,
5145 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
5146 They should put quotes in the
5151 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
5155 paragraph environment for quoted text.
5158 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5164 \begin_inset Index idx
5167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5176 \begin_inset Index idx
5179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5186 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5195 \begin_layout Standard
5200 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
5206 \begin_inset Newline newline
5209 Which I did not rehearse!
5213 It could be much worse.
5214 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
5216 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
5217 indented a bit more than the first.
5218 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
5224 \begin_inset Newline newline
5227 And make things look fine
5228 \begin_inset Newline newline
5234 arg "newline-insert newline"
5240 \begin_layout Standard
5245 does not indent both margins.
5246 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
5247 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
5254 arg "newline-insert newline"
5260 \begin_layout Subsection
5262 \begin_inset Index idx
5265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5272 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5281 \begin_layout Standard
5282 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
5292 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
5301 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
5302 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
5303 some general features of all four of them.
5306 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5310 \begin_layout Standard
5311 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
5313 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
5322 reset the environment to
5326 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
5327 The nesting depth is hereby kept.
5328 If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
5332 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
5335 to break paragraphs.
5338 \begin_layout Standard
5339 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
5340 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
5342 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
5343 you read all of section
5344 \begin_inset space ~
5348 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5350 reference "sec:Nesting"
5358 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5364 \begin_inset Index idx
5367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5374 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5383 \begin_layout Standard
5384 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
5388 paragraph environment.
5389 It has the following properties:
5392 \begin_layout Itemize
5393 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
5397 \begin_layout Itemize
5398 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
5401 \begin_layout Itemize
5402 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
5406 \begin_layout Itemize
5407 The items can have any length.
5408 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
5409 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
5416 \begin_layout Itemize
5421 environment inside another
5425 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
5429 \begin_layout Itemize
5430 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
5433 \begin_layout Itemize
5434 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
5437 \begin_layout Itemize
5439 \begin_inset space ~
5443 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5445 reference "sec:Nesting"
5449 for a full explanation of nesting.
5453 \begin_layout Standard
5454 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
5463 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
5466 \begin_layout Standard
5467 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
5468 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
5471 \begin_layout Itemize
5472 The label for the first level
5476 is a large black dot, or bullet.
5480 \begin_layout Itemize
5481 The label for the second level is a dash.
5485 \begin_layout Itemize
5486 The label for the third is an asterisk.
5490 \begin_layout Itemize
5491 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
5495 \begin_layout Itemize
5496 Back out to the third level.
5500 \begin_layout Itemize
5501 Back to the second level.
5505 \begin_layout Itemize
5506 Back to the outermost level.
5509 \begin_layout Standard
5510 These are the default labels for an
5515 You can customize these labels in the
5517 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5520 dialog in the submenu
5527 \begin_inset Index idx
5530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5539 \begin_layout Standard
5540 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
5541 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
5543 \begin_inset space ~
5547 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5549 reference "sec:Nesting"
5556 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5562 \begin_inset Index idx
5565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5572 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5574 name "sec:Enumerate"
5581 \begin_layout Standard
5586 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
5587 It has these properties:
5590 \begin_layout Enumerate
5591 Each item has a numeral as its label.
5595 \begin_layout Enumerate
5596 The label type depends on the nesting depth.
5600 \begin_layout Enumerate
5601 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
5604 \begin_layout Enumerate
5609 environment resets the counter to one.
5612 \begin_layout Enumerate
5625 \begin_layout Enumerate
5626 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
5627 Items can have any length.
5630 \begin_layout Enumerate
5631 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
5634 \begin_layout Enumerate
5635 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
5638 \begin_layout Enumerate
5639 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
5643 \begin_layout Standard
5652 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
5653 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
5660 \begin_layout Enumerate
5661 The first level of an
5665 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
5669 \begin_layout Enumerate
5670 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
5674 \begin_layout Enumerate
5675 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
5679 \begin_layout Enumerate
5680 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
5683 \begin_layout Enumerate
5684 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
5689 \begin_layout Enumerate
5690 Back to the third level
5694 \begin_layout Enumerate
5695 Back to the second level.
5699 \begin_layout Enumerate
5700 Back to the outermost level.
5703 \begin_layout Standard
5704 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
5709 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
5714 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
5718 \begin_layout Standard
5719 There is more to nesting
5723 environments than we've stated here.
5724 You should read section
5725 \begin_inset space ~
5729 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5731 reference "sec:Nesting"
5735 to learn more about nesting.
5738 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5744 \begin_inset Index idx
5747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5756 \begin_layout Standard
5757 Unlike the previous two environments, the
5761 list has no fixed label.
5762 Instead, LyX uses the first
5763 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5767 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5770 of the first line as the label.
5774 \begin_layout Description
5775 Example: This is an example of the
5782 \begin_layout Standard
5783 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
5787 \begin_layout Standard
5789 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5793 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5796 it is meant that the first hit of the
5800 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
5802 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
5810 arg "space-insert protected"
5815 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5816 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5818 \begin_inset space ~
5824 \begin_inset space ~
5828 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5830 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
5834 for more info.) Here is an example:
5837 \begin_layout Description
5839 \begin_inset space ~
5842 Example: This one shows how to use a
5845 \begin_inset space ~
5857 \begin_layout Description
5858 Usage: You should use the
5862 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5863 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5865 It's not a good idea to use a
5869 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5870 You're better off using
5882 paragraphs into them.
5885 \begin_layout Description
5886 Nesting: You can nest
5890 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5894 \begin_layout Standard
5895 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5896 them from the first line.
5899 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5905 \begin_inset Index idx
5908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5917 \begin_layout Standard
5922 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5925 \begin_layout Standard
5926 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5934 When you are using a KOMA-Script document class, like in this document,
5939 environment is named
5951 \begin_layout Standard
5960 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
5961 There are the following properties of this list environment:
5964 \begin_layout Labeling
5965 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5967 \begin_inset space ~
5970 labels LyX uses the first
5971 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5975 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5978 of each line as the item label.
5983 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
5984 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
5985 blank as described above.
5988 \begin_layout Labeling
5989 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5990 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
5991 the body of the item text.
5992 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
5993 label width plus a little extra space.
5997 \begin_layout Labeling
5998 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6000 \begin_inset space ~
6003 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
6005 If the label width is larger, the label
6006 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6010 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6013 into the first line.
6014 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
6015 margin of the rest of the item text.
6018 \begin_layout Labeling
6019 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6021 \begin_inset space ~
6024 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
6029 environment have the same left margin.
6030 \begin_inset Newline newline
6033 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
6036 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6038 \begin_inset space ~
6047 \begin_inset space ~
6052 determines the default label width.
6053 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
6055 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6059 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6062 multiple times instead.
6063 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
6065 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6069 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6072 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
6075 \begin_inset space ~
6080 every time you alter a label in a
6085 \begin_inset Newline newline
6088 The predefined default width is the length of
6089 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6093 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6098 \begin_inset Newline newline
6102 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6110 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
6111 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
6119 \begin_layout Standard
6124 environment the same way like the
6128 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
6134 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
6138 \begin_layout Standard
6143 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
6145 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
6147 \begin_inset space ~
6151 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6153 reference "sec:Nesting"
6157 to learn about nesting.
6160 \begin_layout Standard
6161 There is yet another feature of the
6165 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
6167 You can use additional
6171 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
6176 are documented in section
6177 \begin_inset space ~
6181 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6183 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
6188 Here are some examples:
6189 \begin_inset Newpage pagebreak
6195 \begin_layout Labeling
6196 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6197 Left The default for
6204 \begin_layout Labeling
6205 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6206 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6213 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
6216 \begin_layout Labeling
6217 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6218 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6222 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6229 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
6232 \begin_layout Subsection
6234 \begin_inset Index idx
6237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6246 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6254 \begin_inset space ~
6262 \begin_layout Standard
6263 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
6271 \begin_inset space ~
6277 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
6278 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
6279 In contrast, you can use the
6286 \begin_inset space ~
6291 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
6292 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
6296 \begin_layout Standard
6297 Of course, you're not limited to using
6304 \begin_inset space ~
6313 \begin_inset space ~
6318 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
6319 some European academic papers.
6322 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6324 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6326 name "sec:Address-Usage"
6333 \begin_layout Standard
6338 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
6339 for the opening and signature in some countries.
6343 \begin_inset space ~
6348 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
6349 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
6350 Here's an example of each:
6353 \begin_layout Right Address
6355 \begin_inset Newline newline
6359 \begin_inset Newline newline
6363 \begin_inset Newline newline
6366 When is it? What is today?
6369 \begin_layout Standard
6373 \begin_inset space ~
6379 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
6380 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
6381 Here's an example of the
6388 \begin_layout Address
6390 \begin_inset Newline newline
6393 Where do I send this
6394 \begin_inset Newline newline
6397 Your post office and country
6400 \begin_layout Standard
6401 As you can see, both
6408 \begin_inset space ~
6413 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
6418 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
6424 This makes sense, since
6432 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
6433 Thus, you have to use
6440 arg "newline-insert newline"
6446 \begin_inset space ~
6449 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6451 \begin_inset space ~
6460 menu) to start a new line in an
6467 \begin_inset space ~
6475 \begin_layout Subsection
6479 \begin_layout Standard
6480 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
6481 or list of references.
6482 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
6485 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6489 \begin_inset Index idx
6492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6501 \begin_layout Standard
6506 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
6507 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6508 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
6509 Also, don't bother trying to nest
6513 in anything else or vice versa.
6519 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
6520 The book document classes ignores the
6524 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
6528 in a letter document class.
6531 \begin_layout Standard
6536 environment does several things for you.
6537 First, it puts the centered label
6538 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6542 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6546 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
6548 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
6549 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
6550 the subsequent text.
6551 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
6552 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
6555 \begin_layout Standard
6556 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
6560 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6561 The new paragraph will still be in the
6566 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
6567 finish entering the abstract of your document.
6570 \begin_layout Standard
6571 \begin_inset Float figure
6576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6578 \begin_inset Graphics
6579 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
6586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6587 \begin_inset Caption
6589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6590 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6592 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6613 \begin_layout Standard
6614 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
6618 environment, but since this document is in the
6619 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6623 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6626 class, we can't do this.
6627 We inserted it therefore as figure
6628 \begin_inset space ~
6632 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6634 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6639 If you've never heard of an
6640 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6644 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6647 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
6650 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6656 \begin_inset Index idx
6659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6666 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6668 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
6675 \begin_layout Standard
6680 environment is used to list references.
6681 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6682 only use it at the end of the document.
6687 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
6690 \begin_layout Standard
6691 When you first open a
6695 environment, LyX adds a large vertical space, followed by the heading
6696 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6700 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6704 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6708 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6711 depending on the document class.
6712 The heading is in a large boldface font.
6713 Each paragraph of the
6717 environment is a bibliography entry.
6722 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6723 Each new paragraph is still in the
6730 \begin_layout Standard
6731 There is another, usually better way to include references in your document
6732 by using a BibTeX database.
6733 For more information on that, and for a detailed description of LyX's bibliogra
6734 phy handling, have a look at in section
6735 \begin_inset space ~
6739 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6741 reference "sec:Bibliography"
6748 \begin_layout Subsection
6752 \begin_inset Index idx
6755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6756 Paragraph ! LyX code
6762 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6771 \begin_layout Standard
6776 environment is another LyX extension.
6777 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
6782 key as a fixed whitespace;
6786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6798 \begin_inset space ~
6803 instead of an end-of-word marker.
6808 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
6809 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
6812 arg "newline-insert newline"
6829 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6830 So, when you finish using the
6834 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
6835 Also, you can nest the
6839 environment inside of others.
6842 \begin_layout Standard
6843 There are a few quirks with this environment:
6846 \begin_layout Itemize
6850 arg "newline-insert newline"
6853 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.
6854 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
6858 \begin_inset space \space{}
6868 arg "newline-insert newline"
6874 \begin_layout Itemize
6878 arg "newline-insert newline"
6889 \begin_layout Itemize
6894 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
6901 \begin_layout Itemize
6905 arg "space-insert protected"
6912 \begin_layout Itemize
6913 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
6914 You must put at least one
6918 in any line you want blank.
6919 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
6922 \begin_layout Itemize
6923 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
6927 since that will insert
6932 You get the typewriter double quotes with
6935 arg "self-insert \""
6941 \begin_layout Standard
6945 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6949 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6953 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6957 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6961 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6962 printf("Hello World!
6967 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6971 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6975 \begin_layout Standard
6976 This is just the standard
6977 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6981 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6988 \begin_layout Standard
6993 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
6994 rc-files, and so on.
6995 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
6996 as if you used a typewriter.
6997 \begin_inset Index idx
7000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7001 Paragraph environments|)
7009 \begin_layout Section
7010 Nesting Environments
7011 \begin_inset Index idx
7014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7015 Nesting ! Environments
7021 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7030 \begin_layout Subsection
7034 \begin_layout Standard
7035 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
7037 This allows you to create blocks that inherit some of the properties of
7039 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
7041 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
7043 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7047 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7053 \begin_layout Enumerate
7057 \begin_layout Enumerate
7062 \begin_layout Enumerate
7066 \begin_layout Enumerate
7071 \begin_layout Enumerate
7075 \begin_layout Standard
7076 You put a list inside a list by nesting one list inside the other.
7077 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
7080 \begin_inset space ~
7084 \begin_inset space ~
7092 \begin_inset space ~
7096 \begin_inset space ~
7105 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
7106 will tell you how far you are nested).
7107 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
7110 arg "depth-increment"
7116 arg "depth-decrement"
7119 or the convenient key bindings
7130 arg "depth-increment"
7136 arg "depth-decrement"
7139 to change the nesting level.
7140 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
7141 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
7145 \begin_layout Standard
7146 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
7147 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
7148 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
7149 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
7152 \begin_layout Standard
7153 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
7154 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
7156 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
7159 \begin_layout Subsection
7160 What You Can and Can't Nest
7163 \begin_layout Standard
7164 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
7165 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
7168 \begin_layout Standard
7169 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
7170 complicated than a simple yes or no.
7171 There are three types of paragraph environments:
7174 \begin_layout Itemize
7175 Completely unnestable
7178 \begin_layout Itemize
7179 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside things and you can also nest other
7183 \begin_layout Itemize
7184 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
7188 \begin_layout Standard
7189 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
7190 environments have them:
7193 \begin_layout Description
7194 Unnestable Can't nest them.
7195 Can't nest into them.
7199 \begin_layout Itemize
7205 \begin_layout Itemize
7211 \begin_layout Itemize
7217 \begin_layout Itemize
7223 \begin_layout Itemize
7230 \begin_layout Description
7232 \begin_inset space ~
7235 Nestable You can nest them.
7236 You can nest other things into them.
7240 \begin_layout Itemize
7246 \begin_layout Itemize
7252 \begin_layout Itemize
7258 \begin_layout Itemize
7264 \begin_layout Itemize
7270 \begin_layout Itemize
7276 \begin_layout Itemize
7282 \begin_layout Itemize
7289 \begin_layout Description
7290 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside other things.
7291 You can't nest anything into them.
7295 \begin_layout Itemize
7301 \begin_layout Itemize
7307 \begin_layout Itemize
7313 \begin_layout Itemize
7319 \begin_layout Itemize
7325 \begin_layout Itemize
7331 \begin_layout Itemize
7337 \begin_layout Itemize
7343 \begin_layout Itemize
7349 \begin_layout Itemize
7355 \begin_layout Itemize
7361 \begin_layout Itemize
7367 \begin_layout Itemize
7373 \begin_layout Itemize
7377 \begin_inset space ~
7383 \begin_layout Itemize
7390 \begin_layout Standard
7391 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7399 Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
7408 \begin_inset space ~
7412 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
7416 \begin_inset space \space{}
7419 lists, it is highly recommended not to do this because the aim is to create
7420 well structured documents following typesetting guidelines whereas nested
7421 section headings violate this.
7429 \begin_layout Subsection
7430 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
7431 \begin_inset Index idx
7434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7435 Nesting ! Tables etc.
7443 \begin_layout Standard
7444 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
7445 affected by nesting anyhow.
7449 \begin_layout Itemize
7453 \begin_layout Itemize
7457 \begin_layout Itemize
7461 \begin_layout Standard
7463 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7471 Figures and tables in
7475 are not affected by this.
7480 Have a look at section
7481 \begin_inset space ~
7485 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7487 reference "sec:Floats"
7491 for more information about
7498 \begin_layout Standard
7499 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
7500 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
7504 \begin_layout Standard
7505 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
7506 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7510 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7513 of its own, it behaves just like a
7514 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7518 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7521 paragraph environment.
7522 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
7526 \begin_layout Standard
7527 Here's an example with a table:
7530 \begin_layout Enumerate
7535 \begin_layout Enumerate
7536 This is (a) and it's nested.
7540 \begin_layout Standard
7541 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7547 \begin_layout Standard
7549 \begin_inset Tabular
7550 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7551 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7552 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7553 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7637 \begin_layout Standard
7638 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7645 \begin_layout Enumerate
7647 The table is actually nested inside (a).
7651 \begin_layout Enumerate
7655 \begin_layout Standard
7656 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
7659 \begin_layout Enumerate
7664 \begin_layout Enumerate
7665 This is (a) and it's nested.
7669 \begin_layout Standard
7670 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7676 \begin_layout Standard
7678 \begin_inset Tabular
7679 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7680 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7681 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7682 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7684 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7766 \begin_layout Standard
7767 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7773 \begin_layout Enumerate
7780 In fact, it's not nested at all.
7783 \begin_layout Enumerate
7787 \begin_layout Standard
7788 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
7792 \begin_layout Standard
7793 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
7795 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
7798 \begin_layout Enumerate
7803 \begin_layout Enumerate
7804 This is (a) and it's nested.
7807 \begin_layout Standard
7808 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7814 \begin_layout Standard
7816 \begin_inset Tabular
7817 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7818 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7819 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7820 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7822 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7840 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7860 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7878 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7904 \begin_layout Standard
7905 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7911 \begin_layout Enumerate
7913 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
7921 \begin_layout Enumerate
7925 \begin_layout Standard
7926 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
7932 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
7933 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
7937 \begin_layout Subsection
7938 Usage and General Features
7941 \begin_layout Standard
7942 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
7944 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7948 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7951 is the innermost possible depth.
7952 Here's an example to illustrate what we mean:
7955 \begin_layout Enumerate
7956 level #1 – outermost
7960 \begin_layout Enumerate
7965 \begin_layout Enumerate
7970 \begin_layout Enumerate
7975 \begin_layout Itemize
7980 \begin_layout Itemize
7989 \begin_layout Standard
7990 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
7991 both of them in the example.
7992 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
8002 For example, if we tried to nest another
8007 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8011 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8014 , we would get errors.
8017 \begin_layout Subsection
8019 \begin_inset Index idx
8022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8031 \begin_layout Standard
8032 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
8033 We have several examples of nested environments.
8034 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
8038 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8039 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
8042 \begin_layout Labeling
8043 \labelwidthstring MMM
8044 #1-a This is the outermost level.
8053 \begin_layout Labeling
8054 \labelwidthstring MMM
8055 #2-a This is level #2.
8056 We created it by using
8059 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8065 arg "depth-increment"
8072 \begin_layout Labeling
8073 \labelwidthstring MMM
8074 #3-a This is level #3.
8075 This time, we just hit
8082 arg "depth-increment"
8086 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
8090 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8096 arg "depth-increment"
8103 \begin_layout Standard
8108 environment, nested inside of
8109 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8113 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8117 So, it's at level #4.
8118 We did this by hitting
8121 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8127 arg "depth-increment"
8130 , then changing the paragraph environment to
8135 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph — it also works
8151 \begin_layout Standard
8156 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
8159 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8165 \begin_layout Labeling
8166 \labelwidthstring MMM
8167 #4-a This is level #4.
8171 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8174 and changed the paragraph environment back to
8179 Remember — we can't nest anything inside a
8183 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
8188 keep nesting things inside
8189 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8193 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8200 \begin_layout Labeling
8201 \labelwidthstring MMM
8202 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
8207 \begin_layout Labeling
8208 \labelwidthstring MMM
8209 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
8210 and this is level #6.
8211 By now, you should know how we made these two.
8215 \begin_layout Labeling
8216 \labelwidthstring MMM
8217 #5-b Back to level #5.
8221 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8227 arg "depth-decrement"
8234 \begin_layout Labeling
8235 \labelwidthstring MMM
8239 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8245 arg "depth-decrement"
8248 , we're back at level #4.
8252 \begin_layout Labeling
8253 \labelwidthstring MMM
8254 #3-b Back to level #3.
8255 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
8259 \begin_layout Labeling
8260 \labelwidthstring MMM
8261 #2-b Back to level #2.
8266 \begin_layout Labeling
8267 \labelwidthstring MMM
8268 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
8269 After this sentence, we'll hit
8273 and change the paragraph environment back to
8280 \begin_layout Standard
8281 We could have also used the
8297 environment in place of the
8302 The example would have worked exactly the same.
8305 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8306 Example 2: Inheritance
8309 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8310 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
8313 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8322 arg "depth-increment"
8325 , after which, we'll change to the
8333 \begin_layout Enumerate
8338 environment, at level #2.
8341 \begin_layout Enumerate
8342 Notice how the nested
8346 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
8350 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
8354 \begin_layout Standard
8355 We ended this example by hitting
8360 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
8364 and reset the nesting depth by using
8367 arg "depth-decrement"
8373 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8374 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
8383 \begin_inset Argument
8386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8387 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
8395 \begin_layout Enumerate
8396 This is level #1, in an
8400 paragraph environment.
8401 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
8405 \begin_layout Enumerate
8410 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8416 arg "depth-increment"
8420 Now, what happens if we nest an
8424 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
8425 label be? An asterisk?
8429 \begin_layout Itemize
8439 environment, even though it's at level #3.
8440 So, its label is a bullet.
8441 (We got here by using
8444 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8450 arg "depth-increment"
8453 , then changing the environment to
8461 \begin_layout Itemize
8462 Here's level #4, produced using
8465 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8471 arg "depth-increment"
8475 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
8480 \begin_layout Enumerate
8481 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
8483 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
8488 Notice the type of numbering, it is
8492 , because we are in the
8501 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8520 \begin_layout Enumerate
8525 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
8526 type of numbering does LyX use?
8529 \begin_layout Enumerate
8530 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
8533 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8536 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
8539 \begin_layout Enumerate
8543 arg "depth-decrement"
8546 to decrease the depth after the next
8549 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8556 \begin_layout Enumerate
8558 Look what type of label LyX is using!
8562 \begin_layout Enumerate
8564 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
8565 numeral as the label.Why?
8568 \begin_layout Enumerate
8569 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
8578 Notice, however, that LyX
8582 reset the counter for the label.
8586 \begin_layout Enumerate
8590 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8596 arg "depth-decrement"
8599 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
8600 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
8601 into the twofold-nested
8609 \begin_layout Enumerate
8610 The same thing happens if we do another
8613 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8619 arg "depth-decrement"
8622 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
8625 \begin_layout Standard
8626 Lastly, we reset the environment to
8631 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
8645 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
8651 The same rule applies for the
8655 environment, as well.
8658 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8659 Example 4: Going Bonkers
8662 \begin_layout Enumerate
8663 We're going to go totally nuts now.
8664 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
8665 same detail with how we did it.
8674 \begin_layout Standard
8682 arg "depth-increment"
8689 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
8690 example in parentheses someplace.
8691 For example, the two key bindings are how we changed the depth.
8692 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
8693 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
8697 \begin_layout Enumerate
8702 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
8707 Now we'll add verse.
8708 \begin_inset Newline newline
8711 It will get much worse.
8712 \begin_inset Newline newline
8722 arg "depth-increment"
8733 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
8734 \begin_inset Newline newline
8737 Bippitey boppitey boo!
8738 \begin_inset Newline newline
8744 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8757 \begin_layout Standard
8758 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8764 \begin_layout Standard
8766 \begin_inset Tabular
8767 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8768 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8769 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8770 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
8775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
8813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8859 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8869 arg "depth-increment"
8875 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8885 arg "depth-decrement"
8892 \begin_layout Enumerate
8897 : level #1) This is another item.
8898 Note that selecting a
8902 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
8903 3 times to put the table inside the
8911 \begin_layout Quotation
8912 We're now ending the
8916 list and changing to
8921 We're still at level #1.
8922 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
8923 The next set of paragraphs is a
8924 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8928 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8938 \begin_inset space ~
8943 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
8947 for the letter body.
8951 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8954 to preserve the depth.
8955 Remember that you need to use
8958 arg "newline-insert newline"
8961 to create multiple lines inside the
8968 \begin_inset space ~
8978 \begin_layout Right Address
8980 \begin_inset Newline newline
8983 Moosegroin, MT 00100
8984 \begin_inset Newline newline
8990 \begin_layout Address
8992 \begin_inset space ~
8998 \begin_layout Quotation
8999 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
9000 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9003 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
9004 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
9005 a backlog in our orders for methane.
9006 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
9007 as soon as possible.
9008 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
9011 \begin_layout Quotation
9012 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
9013 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
9014 with your order, along with payment.
9017 \begin_layout Quotation
9018 We thank you again for your patience.
9021 \begin_layout Address
9023 \begin_inset Newline newline
9030 \begin_layout Quotation
9031 That ends that example!
9034 \begin_layout Standard
9035 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
9036 just a few keystrokes.
9037 We could have easily nested an
9058 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
9061 \begin_layout Section
9062 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
9063 \begin_inset Index idx
9066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9075 \begin_layout Standard
9076 What is a space? While you might be used to pressing the space key anytime
9077 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
9078 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
9079 be broken at the end of a line.
9080 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
9084 \begin_layout Subsection
9086 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9088 name "sub:Protected-Space"
9093 \begin_inset Index idx
9096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9105 \begin_layout Standard
9106 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
9108 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky line breaks, like in:
9112 Further documentation is given in section
9113 \begin_inset Newline newline
9117 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9119 reference "sec:Bibliography"
9127 \begin_layout Standard
9128 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
9129 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9133 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9137 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9141 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9143 reference "sec:Bibliography"
9148 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9152 A protected space is set with
9154 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9155 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9159 \begin_inset space ~
9169 arg "space-insert protected"
9175 \begin_layout Subsection
9177 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9179 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
9184 \begin_inset Index idx
9187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9188 Spacing ! Horizontal
9196 \begin_layout Standard
9197 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
9199 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9200 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9204 The length units are listed in Appendix
9205 \begin_inset space ~
9209 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9211 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
9218 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9220 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9222 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
9227 \begin_inset Index idx
9230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9239 \begin_layout Standard
9241 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9245 \begin_inset space \space{}
9248 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
9249 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
9250 \begin_inset space ~
9254 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9256 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
9261 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
9262 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
9265 arg "space-insert normal"
9271 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9273 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9275 name "sub:Thin-Space"
9280 \begin_inset Index idx
9283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9292 \begin_layout Standard
9294 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9298 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9301 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
9302 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9306 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9310 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
9311 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
9312 inside abbreviations:
9317 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9321 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program.
9324 \begin_layout Standard
9325 or between values and units.
9326 Compare for example this:
9327 \begin_inset Newline newline
9331 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9335 \begin_inset Newline newline
9341 \begin_layout Standard
9342 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
9344 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9345 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9347 \begin_inset space ~
9355 arg "space-insert thin"
9361 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9363 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9365 name "sub:More-Spaces"
9372 \begin_layout Standard
9373 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
9376 \begin_layout Description
9378 \begin_inset space ~
9382 \begin_inset space ~
9386 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9390 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
9394 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9397 Negative thin space between the arrows.
9400 \begin_layout Description
9402 \begin_inset space ~
9406 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9410 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9414 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
9418 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9422 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9425 em) space between the arrows.
9428 \begin_layout Description
9430 \begin_inset space ~
9434 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9438 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9442 \begin_inset space \quad{}
9446 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9450 \begin_inset space ~
9454 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9457 em) space between the arrows.
9460 \begin_layout Description
9462 \begin_inset space ~
9466 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9470 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9474 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
9478 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9482 \begin_inset space ~
9486 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9489 em) space between the arrows.
9492 \begin_layout Description
9494 \begin_inset space ~
9498 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9502 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
9507 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9511 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9514 cm space between the arrows.
9517 \begin_layout Standard
9519 \begin_inset space ~
9523 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9525 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
9529 lists the different space sizes.
9532 \begin_layout Standard
9533 \begin_inset Float table
9538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9540 \begin_inset Caption
9542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9543 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9545 name "tab:Width-of-the"
9549 Width of the different horizontal spaces.
9557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9559 \begin_inset Tabular
9560 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
9561 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
9562 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9563 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9589 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9603 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9627 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9651 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9661 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9675 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9685 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9690 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9698 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9703 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9713 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9718 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9731 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9746 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9754 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9759 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9780 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9786 \begin_inset Index idx
9789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9798 \begin_layout Standard
9799 Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
9800 in a uniform fashion.
9801 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
9802 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
9803 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
9804 equally between themselves.
9808 \begin_layout Standard
9809 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
9814 This is on the left side
9815 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9818 This is on the right
9824 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9828 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9837 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9841 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9845 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9851 \begin_layout Standard
9852 That was an example in the
9858 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9862 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9866 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9869 is one in a standard paragraph.
9870 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
9874 sitting in-between the two arrows.
9877 \begin_layout Standard
9878 HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the
9881 \begin_inset space ~
9886 in the space dialog: The following patterns are available:
9889 \begin_layout Standard
9891 \begin_inset space \dotfill{}
9895 \begin_inset space ~
9901 \begin_layout Standard
9903 \begin_inset space \hrulefill{}
9907 \begin_inset space ~
9913 \begin_layout Standard
9915 \begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{}
9919 \begin_inset space ~
9925 \begin_layout Standard
9927 \begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{}
9931 \begin_inset space ~
9937 \begin_layout Standard
9939 \begin_inset space \downbracefill{}
9943 \begin_inset space ~
9949 \begin_layout Standard
9951 \begin_inset space \upbracefill{}
9955 \begin_inset space ~
9961 \begin_layout Standard
9962 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9970 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
9974 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
9975 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
9976 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
9980 option in the space dialog.
9988 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9990 \begin_inset Index idx
9993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10002 \begin_layout Standard
10003 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
10005 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10009 \begin_inset space \space{}
10012 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
10015 \begin_layout Standard
10016 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
10019 What is correct English?:
10020 \begin_inset Newline newline
10024 \begin_inset Newline newline
10028 \begin_inset space ~
10031 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
10032 \begin_inset Newline newline
10036 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
10039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10047 \begin_inset Newline newline
10051 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
10054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10062 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
10068 \begin_layout Standard
10069 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
10070 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10074 \begin_inset space ~
10078 \begin_inset space ~
10082 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10086 To get this, you can use the phantom insets available via the menu
10088 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10089 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10093 In our case insert a horizontal phantom at the beginning of the last two
10095 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10099 \begin_inset space ~
10103 \begin_inset space ~
10107 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10110 into the phantom inset (note the space after
10111 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10115 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10119 A phantom insets prints only the space of its content (like a placeholder).
10120 That is why it is named
10121 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10125 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10129 The normal phantom outputs the width and height of the content as space,
10130 while the horizontal and vertical variant only outputs the corresponding
10134 \begin_layout Subsection
10136 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10138 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
10143 \begin_inset Index idx
10146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10155 \begin_layout Standard
10156 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
10158 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10159 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10161 \begin_inset space ~
10167 There you find the following sizes:
10170 \begin_layout Standard
10183 are LaTeX sizes which depend on the font size of the document.
10188 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
10190 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10194 \begin_inset Index idx
10197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10198 Document ! Settings
10203 for the paragraph separation.
10204 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
10215 \begin_layout Standard
10221 \begin_inset Index idx
10224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10230 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
10231 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
10233 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
10234 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
10243 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
10247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10252 s are described in section
10253 \begin_inset space ~
10257 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10259 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
10268 If there are several
10272 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
10273 You can therefore use
10277 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
10280 \begin_layout Standard
10285 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
10286 \begin_inset space ~
10290 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10292 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
10299 \begin_layout Standard
10300 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10310 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
10311 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
10323 \begin_layout Subsection
10324 Paragraph Alignment
10327 \begin_layout Standard
10328 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
10330 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10334 There are five possibilities:
10337 \begin_layout Itemize
10345 arg "paragraph-params \\align block"
10351 \begin_layout Itemize
10359 arg "paragraph-params \\align left"
10365 \begin_layout Itemize
10373 arg "paragraph-params \\align right"
10379 \begin_layout Itemize
10387 arg "paragraph-params \\align center"
10393 \begin_layout Itemize
10401 arg "paragraph-params \\align default"
10407 \begin_layout Standard
10408 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
10409 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
10410 the left and right margins.
10411 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
10414 \begin_layout Standard
10416 This paragraph is right aligned,
10419 \begin_layout Standard
10421 this one is centered,
10424 \begin_layout Standard
10426 this one is left aligned.
10429 \begin_layout Subsection
10431 \begin_inset Index idx
10434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10435 Page breaks ! Forced
10441 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10443 name "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
10450 \begin_layout Standard
10451 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the page breaks in your document, you
10452 can force a page break where you want one.
10453 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at page breaking.
10454 Only if you use a lot of
10458 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
10461 \begin_layout Standard
10462 We recommend not to use forced page breaks until the text is finished and
10463 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
10467 have to change the page breaking.
10470 \begin_layout Standard
10471 There are two types of page breaks: One that ends the page without any special
10473 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
10475 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10476 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10478 \begin_inset space ~
10484 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
10486 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10487 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10489 \begin_inset space ~
10494 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
10496 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a page break produces a page
10497 on which only the last few lines are absent.
10500 \begin_layout Standard
10501 You might try to use a page break to ensure that a figure or table appears
10502 at the top of a page.
10503 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
10504 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
10505 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
10506 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
10508 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10510 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
10514 to learn more about
10521 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10523 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10525 name "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
10530 \begin_inset Index idx
10533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10534 Page breaks ! Clear
10542 \begin_layout Standard
10543 Rather than forced page breaks where the content behind the break is placed
10544 directly on the next page, you can also clear pages while breaking them.
10545 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and everything, including
10546 unprocessed floats, from the earlier part of the document are placed behind
10547 it, if necessary by adding pages.
10550 \begin_layout Standard
10551 You can insert a clear page break with the menu
10553 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10554 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10556 \begin_inset space ~
10562 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
10564 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10565 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10567 \begin_inset space ~
10571 \begin_inset space ~
10576 to insert a clear page break that assures that the next page is a right-hand
10577 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
10580 \begin_layout Subsection
10582 \begin_inset Index idx
10585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10592 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10594 name "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
10601 \begin_layout Standard
10602 Similar to page breaks there are two types of line breaks: One that simply
10604 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
10606 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10607 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10609 \begin_inset space ~
10613 \begin_inset space ~
10621 arg "newline-insert newline"
10625 Another type that is inserted via the menu
10627 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10628 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10630 \begin_inset space ~
10634 \begin_inset space ~
10639 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
10641 This is necessary to avoid
10642 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10646 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10649 in justified paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by line breaks.
10652 \begin_layout Standard
10653 You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct LaTeX's line breaking, as
10654 LaTeX is very good at line breaking.
10655 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
10656 set a line break, e.
10657 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10661 \begin_inset space \space{}
10664 in a poem or for an address (see sections
10665 \begin_inset space ~
10669 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10671 reference "sec:Quote"
10676 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10678 reference "sec:Verse"
10683 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10685 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
10692 \begin_layout Subsection
10694 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10696 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
10701 \begin_inset Index idx
10704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10713 \begin_layout Standard
10715 \begin_inset CommandInset line
10726 \begin_layout Standard
10729 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10730 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10732 \begin_inset space ~
10737 you can insert horizontal lines.
10738 The line offset is the vertical distance between the line and the baseline
10739 of the current text line or the paragraph.
10742 \begin_layout Standard
10744 \begin_inset CommandInset line
10755 \begin_layout Section
10756 Characters and Symbols
10759 \begin_layout Standard
10760 You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
10761 You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e.
10762 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10766 \begin_inset space \space{}
10769 characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
10771 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10775 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10777 reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
10781 for information on how this is done.
10784 \begin_layout Standard
10785 For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
10790 dialog via the menu
10792 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10793 Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10799 \begin_layout Standard
10800 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10808 Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
10809 when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
10810 But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
10818 \begin_layout Section
10819 Fonts and Text Styles
10820 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10822 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
10829 \begin_layout Subsection
10831 \begin_inset Index idx
10834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10843 \begin_layout Standard
10844 There are two types of fonts:
10847 \begin_layout Description
10849 \begin_inset space ~
10853 \begin_inset Index idx
10856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10862 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (e.
10863 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10867 characters) in the font.
10868 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
10869 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
10870 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
10871 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
10872 This means that vector fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
10873 Only at very small sizes where each pixel has to be very carefully computed
10874 to provide a good image, it might be hard to provide a good rendering.
10875 \begin_inset Newline newline
10878 That could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
10879 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
10880 That improves the appearance because you need more details at large font
10881 sizes than at small ones.
10882 \begin_inset Newline newline
10896 \begin_inset space ~
10904 \begin_layout Description
10906 \begin_inset space ~
10910 \begin_inset Index idx
10913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10919 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
10920 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
10921 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
10922 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
10923 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
10924 picture manipulation program.
10925 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
10926 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
10927 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
10928 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
10929 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
10931 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exist as fixed versions have
10932 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
10933 \begin_inset Newline newline
10936 Bitmap fonts are named
10939 \begin_inset space ~
10944 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
10947 \begin_layout Standard
10948 The result of all this is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they are
10949 designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
10950 So one needs fewer font size definitions for scalable fonts.
10951 That's the reason why nearly all text rendering and typesetting programs
10952 use scalable fonts.
10955 \begin_layout Standard
10956 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
10957 its document properties.
10960 \begin_layout Standard
10961 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
10962 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
10963 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
10964 font to emphasize text, you use an
10965 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10969 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10973 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
10974 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
10978 \begin_layout Subsection
10980 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10982 name "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
10989 \begin_layout Standard
10990 Traditionally, LaTeX uses its own fonts.
10991 That is to say, you cannot directly access the fonts installed on your
10992 operating system, but you have to use specific fonts provided by your LaTeX
10994 The reason is that LaTeX needs some extra information about the fonts,
10995 which have to be provided by additional files and packages.
10996 The downside of this is that your font choice is somewhat limited, compared
10997 to usual word processors.
10998 On the other hand this comes with the advantage that the provided fonts
10999 are generally of very good quality, and that LaTeX files are very portable
11000 across different machines.
11001 Also, the range of fonts supported by traditional LaTeX was increased a
11002 lot meanwhile so that you can find packages for many free and commercial
11004 In LyX, only a subset of these are directly selectable via the user interface
11006 \begin_inset space ~
11010 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11012 reference "sub:Document-Font"
11017 However, all others are available if you enter the respective LaTeX code
11018 in the document preamble (please refer to the documentation of your desired
11022 \begin_layout Standard
11023 Furthermore, recent developments brought some new LaTeX engines that are
11024 also able to directly access fonts that are installed for your operating
11025 system (OS), namely XeTeX and LuaTeX.
11026 Both engines are now supported by LyX.
11027 By using them, you can use theoretically any OpenType or TrueType font
11028 that is installed on your system.
11029 The next section describes how to use these OS fonts.
11032 \begin_layout Standard
11033 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11041 In practice, some fonts might fail due to bad metrics and other font deficienci
11042 es; so you might have to experiment.
11050 \begin_layout Standard
11051 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11059 XeTeX and especially LuaTeX, are still rather new and thus not as mature
11060 as traditional LaTeX or PDFTeX.
11068 \begin_layout Subsection
11069 Document Font and Font size
11070 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11072 name "sub:Document-Font"
11077 \begin_inset Index idx
11080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11087 \begin_inset Index idx
11090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11099 \begin_layout Standard
11100 You can set the document fonts in the
11102 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11106 \begin_inset Index idx
11109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11110 Document ! Settings
11120 section of the dialog, you can specify which font should be used for the
11121 three different font shapes — roman (serif),
11124 \begin_inset space ~
11133 (monospaced) — you can specify the base font size and scaling factors for
11134 (some) sans serif and typewriter fonts if this is necessary to fit with
11138 \begin_layout Standard
11145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11154 , you will have access to the fonts installed on your operating system.
11155 This requires that you use
11161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11200 as output format, i.
11201 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11205 \begin_inset space ~
11208 you will have to have either XeTeX or LuaTeX installed (see section
11209 \begin_inset space ~
11213 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11215 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
11220 You will then not have access to TeX's own fonts (the selection described
11222 Note that LyX lists all available fonts in either of the three lists (roman,
11224 \begin_inset space ~
11227 serif, and typewriter), since LyX cannot determine the family.
11228 Also note that the output might fail with some of the listed fonts, due
11229 to the encoding of the fonts and\SpecialChar \slash{}
11231 Again, LyX cannot determine this in advance, so you might need to experiment.
11234 \begin_layout Standard
11235 If you use TeX fonts (which is the default), the possible options for the
11240 and a list of fonts available with your LaTeX distribution.
11245 the font that is preset by the current document class is used.
11246 In most cases, this will be the standard TeX font, known as
11247 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11255 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11263 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11268 European Computer Modern
11271 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11278 ), but some classes preset different default fonts.
11281 \begin_layout Standard
11290 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixelated in PDF output, especially
11291 when you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
11295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11296 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
11299 \begin_inset space ~
11304 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
11310 To get rid of pixelated fonts, you have to use a vector font.
11311 Depending on how your document should look like, you can either:
11314 \begin_layout Itemize
11323 ) fonts, which is the recommended choice if you want to keep the look of
11337 was developed for the LaTeX community in order to replace
11341 as the default font.
11342 It covers a huge range of glyphs and several font shapes.
11343 Except for some details, where the appearance was improved,
11355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11356 One difference is improved kerning for the
11368 \begin_layout Itemize
11377 ) fonts in (the rare) case that
11381 is not available to you or does not work, and you still want to emulate
11396 Virtual means that it
11397 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11401 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11408 -glyphs from other fonts.
11409 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
11411 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11415 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11419 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11423 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11431 Loading the LaTeX-package
11436 \begin_inset Index idx
11439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11440 LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
11445 with the document preamble line
11446 \begin_inset Newline newline
11453 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
11454 \begin_inset Newline newline
11459 will fix the guillemet problem.
11464 and that accented characters are not
11468 glyph, but build of
11472 characters, the accent and the letter.
11473 Therefore you cannot search for words with accented characters in documents
11479 If you search for example for the French word
11480 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11484 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11487 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
11489 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11493 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11496 and not for the glyph
11497 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11501 \begin_inset space ~
11505 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11511 \begin_layout Itemize
11512 If you do not like the look of
11520 , you can of course select one of the other provided vector fonts, e.
11521 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11525 \begin_inset space ~
11539 Most roman vector fonts will automatically select matching sans
11540 \begin_inset space ~
11543 serif and typewriter fonts
11547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11548 These are sometimes just matching other fonts (e.
11549 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11560 for sans serif text), and sometimes, e.
11561 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11573 , different shapes of the same font, i.
11574 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11587 , but you can also select your own.
11588 \begin_inset Newline newline
11591 The differences between roman,
11594 \begin_inset space ~
11603 fonts are explained in section
11604 \begin_inset space ~
11608 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11610 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11615 \begin_inset Newline newline
11622 was originally designed for newspapers.
11623 That means its glyphs are smaller than the ones from other fonts to fit
11624 into the small newspaper columns.
11629 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
11630 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
11633 For the font size there are generally four possible values:
11646 Some classes provide additional sizes.
11651 depends on the class you are using.
11652 In the standard classes it is equal to the font size 10.
11655 \begin_layout Standard
11656 Note that the font size is the
11661 That means that LyX scales all other possible font sizes (such as those
11662 used in footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
11663 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
11666 \begin_inset space ~
11672 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
11673 \begin_inset space ~
11677 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11679 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11686 \begin_layout Standard
11691 selection lets you specify whether the base font of your document should
11693 \begin_inset space ~
11696 serif or typewriter.
11701 selection uses what is preset by the class, the other selections override
11711 , but some classes (such as presentation classes) also use other defaults.
11714 \begin_layout Standard
11723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11732 selection is an expert setting which lets you change the value passed to
11738 \begin_inset space ~
11742 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11744 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
11749 Normally, you do not need to change (or even understand) this.
11750 Unless you have specific reasons, use
11757 \begin_layout Standard
11758 With some fonts, the checkboxes
11760 Use Old Style Figures
11764 Use True Small Caps
11767 These are extra features some fonts provide.
11770 Use Old Style Figures
11772 is checked, the font uses old style (also known as medieval or text) figures,
11774 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11778 \begin_inset space ~
11781 figures with varying height that fit nicely with lower letters.
11784 Use True Small Caps
11786 determines that real small caps are used instead of faked small caps made
11787 of scaled capitals.
11788 Real small caps are often part of expert font sets; they generally look
11789 better than faked small caps but might have to be purchased separately.
11792 \begin_layout Standard
11797 allows users of the languages Chinese, Japanese, Korean (CJK) to specify
11798 a font to display the script characters.
11802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11803 The font will be the argument for the commands of the LaTeX-package
11808 So this has no effect for the document language
11824 \begin_layout Standard
11825 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
11829 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11837 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
11841 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
11842 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
11843 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
11845 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11848 dialog, see section
11849 \begin_inset space ~
11853 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11855 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
11867 \begin_layout Subsection
11868 Using Different Character Styles
11869 \begin_inset Index idx
11872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11879 \begin_inset Index idx
11882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11891 \begin_layout Standard
11892 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
11893 certain paragraph environments.
11894 LyX supports two character styles,
11903 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
11907 \begin_layout Standard
11912 style, do one of the following:
11915 \begin_layout Itemize
11916 click on the toolbar button
11925 \begin_layout Itemize
11926 use the key binding
11935 \begin_layout Standard
11936 These commands are all toggles.
11941 style is already active, they deactivate it.
11944 \begin_layout Standard
11945 One typically uses the
11949 style for proper names.
11951 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11958 is the original author of LyX.
11959 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11965 \begin_layout Standard
11966 A more widely used character style is the
11971 You can activate (or deactivate — it's also a toggle) the
11978 \begin_layout Itemize
11979 clicking on the toolbar button
11988 \begin_layout Itemize
11989 using the keybindings
11998 \begin_layout Standard
12003 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
12004 es use a different font.
12007 \begin_layout Standard
12008 We've been using the
12012 style all over the place in this document.
12013 Here's one more example:
12016 \begin_layout Quotation
12019 Don't overuse character styles!
12022 \begin_layout Standard
12023 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
12024 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
12025 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
12026 the common tendency to overuse character style.
12030 \begin_layout Standard
12031 You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
12039 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12041 \begin_inset space ~
12049 \begin_layout Subsection
12050 Fine-Tuning with the
12055 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12057 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
12062 \begin_inset Index idx
12065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12074 \begin_layout Standard
12075 There are always occasions when you will need to do some fine-tuning, so
12076 LyX gives you a way to create a custom character style.
12077 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
12078 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
12079 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
12080 from ordinary dialog.
12083 \begin_layout Standard
12084 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
12085 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
12086 \begin_inset Newline newline
12089 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
12090 tend to look as if someone has knocked huge holes in them.
12093 \begin_layout Standard
12094 To use custom character styles, open the
12096 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12098 \begin_inset space ~
12101 Style\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12102 Customized\SpecialChar \ldots{}
12106 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
12107 font property which you can choose.
12108 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
12111 \begin_inset space ~
12116 , which keeps the current state of that property.
12121 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
12122 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
12123 environments in a snap.
12126 \begin_layout Standard
12127 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
12130 \begin_inset space ~
12142 \begin_layout Labeling
12143 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12149 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12153 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12157 The possible options are:
12161 \begin_layout Labeling
12162 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12167 This is the Roman font family.
12168 Normally a serif font.
12169 It's also the default family.
12179 \begin_layout Labeling
12180 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12184 \begin_inset space ~
12191 This is the Sans Serif font family.
12203 \begin_layout Labeling
12204 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12211 This is the Typewriter font family.
12217 arg "font-typewriter"
12226 \begin_layout Labeling
12227 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12232 This corresponds to the print weight.
12237 \begin_layout Labeling
12238 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12243 This is the Medium font series.
12244 It's also the default series.
12247 \begin_layout Labeling
12248 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12255 This is the Bold font series.
12268 \begin_layout Labeling
12269 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12274 As the name implies.
12279 \begin_layout Labeling
12280 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12285 This is the Upright font shape.
12286 It's also the default shape.
12289 \begin_layout Labeling
12290 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12304 s the Italic font shape
12310 \begin_layout Labeling
12311 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12318 This is the Slanted font shape
12320 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
12323 \begin_layout Labeling
12324 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12328 \begin_inset space ~
12335 This is the Small caps font shape
12342 \begin_layout Labeling
12343 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12348 Alters the size of the font.
12349 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
12350 nal to the document font size.
12351 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
12352 what you want to do.
12357 \begin_layout Labeling
12358 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12366 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12370 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12379 arg "font-size tiny"
12385 \begin_layout Labeling
12386 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12394 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12398 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12407 arg "font-size scriptsize"
12413 \begin_layout Labeling
12414 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12422 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12426 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12435 arg "font-size footnotesize"
12441 \begin_layout Labeling
12442 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12450 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12454 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12463 arg "font-size small"
12469 \begin_layout Labeling
12470 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12476 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12480 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12484 It's also the default size.
12488 arg "font-size normal"
12494 \begin_layout Labeling
12495 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12503 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12507 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12516 arg "font-size large"
12522 \begin_layout Labeling
12523 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12531 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12535 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12544 arg "font-size larger"
12550 \begin_layout Labeling
12551 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12559 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12563 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12572 arg "font-size largest"
12578 \begin_layout Labeling
12579 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12587 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12591 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12600 arg "font-size huge"
12606 \begin_layout Labeling
12607 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12615 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12619 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12628 arg "font-size giant"
12634 \begin_layout Labeling
12635 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12640 This increases the size by one step (for instance, from
12641 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12645 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12649 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12653 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12660 arg "font-size increase"
12666 \begin_layout Labeling
12667 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12672 This decreases the size by one step (for instance, from
12673 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12677 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12681 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12685 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12692 arg "font-size decrease"
12699 \begin_layout Standard
12704 : don't go crazy with this feature.
12705 You should almost never need to change the font size.
12706 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
12707 — use that instead.
12708 This is here for fine-tuning only!
12711 \begin_layout Labeling
12712 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12717 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
12722 \begin_layout Labeling
12723 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12730 This is text with emphasize on
12733 This might seem like the same as
12737 , but it is actually a bit different.
12743 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
12745 Normally this font is equal to italic.
12748 \begin_layout Labeling
12749 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12756 This is text with Underbar on.
12762 arg "font-underline"
12768 \begin_inset Newline newline
12773 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a hangover from the typewriter days,
12774 when you couldn't change fonts.
12775 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
12776 It's only included in LyX because some people
12780 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
12783 \begin_layout Labeling
12784 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12788 \begin_inset space ~
12795 This is text with Double underbar on.
12801 arg "font-underunderline"
12805 \begin_inset Newline newline
12808 If we just warned you against using underbar, you can imagine what we think
12809 about double underbar.
12812 \begin_layout Labeling
12813 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12817 \begin_inset space ~
12824 This is text with Wavy underbar on.
12830 arg "font-underwave"
12834 \begin_inset Newline newline
12837 Use this only if a journal absolutely insists on it.
12838 Keep antinausea pills handy.
12841 \begin_layout Labeling
12842 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12849 This is text with Strikeout on.
12855 arg "font-strikeout"
12858 ) This is frequently used to indicate an older version of text that has
12862 \begin_layout Labeling
12863 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12870 This is text with Noun on.
12877 , this is a logical attribute.
12878 Normally it's equivalent to
12881 \begin_inset space ~
12890 \begin_layout Labeling
12891 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12896 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
12897 Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
12901 \begin_inset space ~
12906 , which is the default
12907 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12911 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12914 and means normally black, you can choose between
12947 \begin_inset Index idx
12950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12959 \begin_layout Labeling
12960 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12965 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
12966 the language of the document.
12967 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
12971 \begin_layout Standard
12972 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
12973 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
12975 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12977 \begin_inset space ~
12982 dialog, the settings are saved.
12983 You can activate them using the toolbar button
12986 arg "textstyle-apply"
12990 The button lets you apply your custom character style even when the dialog
12995 \begin_layout Standard
12996 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
13003 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
13004 (suppose you just set the shape to
13005 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13009 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13013 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13017 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13023 \begin_inset space ~
13035 \begin_layout Standard
13036 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
13044 \begin_inset space ~
13056 \begin_layout Itemize
13062 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13066 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13069 font, that means every character has the same width, the
13070 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13074 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13078 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13082 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13087 \begin_inset Newline newline
13091 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
13094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13105 \begin_inset Note Note
13108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13109 For more on phantoms see section
13110 \begin_inset space ~
13114 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13116 reference "sub:More-Spaces"
13126 \begin_inset Newline newline
13132 \begin_layout Itemize
13137 fonts use characters with serifs.
13138 These are the small
13139 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13143 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13146 at the ends of the strokes that form the character.
13147 The following example will show the difference:
13148 \begin_inset Newline newline
13152 \begin_inset Newline newline
13157 text without serifs
13160 \begin_inset Newline newline
13163 Serifs facilitate quick and easy reading.
13164 These fonts are therefore used as default (named
13171 \begin_layout Itemize
13177 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
13178 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
13181 \begin_layout Standard
13182 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13186 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13189 refers to applying or removing font properties.
13190 When a property is marked for toggling in the Text Style dialog, applying
13191 the style to text that already has the property will cause the property
13193 If you apply a style with properties A, B and C to text that currently
13194 has font properties B, C, F and G, and if B is set to toggle and C is set
13195 not to toggle, the text ends up with properties A, C, F and G.
13197 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13201 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13205 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13209 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13212 mean that you do not control the toggling behavior.
13213 For the properties on the left side of the dialog (
13214 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13218 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13221 etc.), toggling behavior is up to you.
13223 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13227 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13230 is checked, all of the left side properties are toggled; by default, none
13233 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13237 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13242 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13246 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13250 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13254 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13258 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13262 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13265 , then apply the style to bold face text, the text will revert to the default
13267 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13271 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13274 ), no matter how many times you apply the style.
13278 \begin_layout Standard
13279 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
13280 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
13283 \begin_layout Section
13284 Printing and Previewing
13287 \begin_layout Subsection
13291 \begin_layout Standard
13292 Now that we have covered some of the basic features of document preparation
13293 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
13294 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
13295 goes on behind-the-scenes.
13296 We cover this information in much greater detail in the
13298 Additional Features
13303 \begin_layout Standard
13304 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
13305 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
13306 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
13307 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
13308 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
13309 This happens in two stages:
13312 \begin_layout Enumerate
13313 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
13314 generating a file with the extension,
13315 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13323 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13329 \begin_layout Enumerate
13330 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
13334 file to produce printable output.
13338 \begin_layout Subsection
13339 Output file formats
13340 \begin_inset Index idx
13343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13350 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13352 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
13359 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13360 Simple text (ASCII)
13361 \begin_inset Index idx
13364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13365 File formats ! ASCII
13373 \begin_layout Standard
13374 This file type has the extension
13375 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13383 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13387 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
13388 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13391 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
13392 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13398 \begin_layout Standard
13399 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
13401 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13402 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13404 \begin_inset space ~
13411 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13412 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13414 \begin_inset space ~
13418 \begin_inset space ~
13424 The latter will first internally export to PostScript and then do the conversio
13428 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13430 \begin_inset Index idx
13433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13434 File formats ! LaTeX
13442 \begin_layout Standard
13443 This file type has the extension
13444 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13452 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13455 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
13457 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
13458 it manually with console commands.
13459 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
13460 you view or export your document.
13463 \begin_layout Standard
13464 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
13466 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13467 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13484 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13486 \begin_inset Index idx
13489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13498 \begin_layout Standard
13499 This file type has the extension
13500 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13508 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13513 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13517 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13520 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
13521 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
13522 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
13526 \begin_layout Standard
13527 DVI files do not contain images, they only link them.
13528 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
13529 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
13530 it visible when you scroll the DVI, this can slow down your computer when
13532 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
13535 \begin_layout Standard
13536 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
13538 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13539 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13544 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13545 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13547 \begin_inset space ~
13554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13564 The latter option uses the program
13573 is an engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct
13574 font access (see section
13575 \begin_inset space ~
13579 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13581 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
13586 LuaTeX is still work in progress, but it might develop into the next standard
13590 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13592 \begin_inset Index idx
13595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13596 File formats ! PostScript
13604 \begin_layout Standard
13605 This file type has the extension
13606 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13614 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13618 PostScript was developed by the company
13622 as a printer language.
13623 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
13625 PostScript can be seen as a
13626 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13629 programming language
13630 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13633 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
13637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13638 When you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-packa
13644 \begin_inset Index idx
13647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13648 LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
13658 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
13661 \begin_layout Standard
13662 PostScript can only contain images in the format
13663 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13666 Encapsulated PostScript
13667 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13670 (EPS, file extension
13671 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13679 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13683 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
13684 to convert them in the background to EPS.
13686 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13689 images in your document, LyX has to do 50
13690 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13693 conversions whenever you view or export your document.
13694 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
13695 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
13696 EPS to avoid this problem.
13699 \begin_layout Standard
13700 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
13702 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13703 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13709 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13711 \begin_inset Index idx
13714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13721 \begin_inset Index idx
13724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13733 \begin_layout Standard
13734 This file type has the extension
13735 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13743 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13748 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13751 Portable Document Format
13752 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13759 was derived from PostScript.
13760 It is more compressed and it uses fewer commands than PostScript.
13762 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13766 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13769 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
13770 looks exactly the same.
13773 \begin_layout Standard
13774 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
13775 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13778 Joint Photographic Experts Group
13779 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13782 (JPG, file extension
13783 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13791 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13795 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13803 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13807 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13810 Portable Network Graphics
13811 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13814 (PNG, file extension
13815 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13823 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13827 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
13828 in the background to one of these formats.
13829 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
13830 will slow down your workflow.
13831 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
13834 \begin_layout Standard
13835 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
13837 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13840 in three different ways:
13843 \begin_layout Description
13844 PDF This uses the program
13848 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
13849 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
13853 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
13854 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
13857 \begin_layout Description
13859 \begin_inset space ~
13862 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
13866 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
13870 \begin_layout Description
13872 \begin_inset space ~
13875 (pdflatex) This uses the program
13879 that converts your file directly to PDF.
13882 \begin_layout Description
13884 \begin_inset space ~
13891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13898 X) This uses the program
13902 that converts your file directly to PDF.
13907 is a new engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct
13908 font access (see section
13909 \begin_inset space ~
13913 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13915 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
13920 It is particularly good at typesetting different scripts.
13923 \begin_layout Description
13925 \begin_inset space ~
13932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13939 X) This uses the program
13943 that converts your file directly to PDF.
13948 is an even newer engine, derived from
13952 , that also provides direct Unicode support and support for direct font
13953 access (see section
13954 \begin_inset space ~
13958 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13960 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
13965 LuaTeX is still work in progress, but it might develop into the next standard
13969 \begin_layout Standard
13970 We recommend to use
13973 \begin_inset space ~
13982 supports all the features of actual PDF-versions, is quick, stable, and
13983 works without problems.
13984 If you rely on multiscript support and\SpecialChar \slash{}
13985 or specific OpenType fonts, you might
13989 \begin_inset space ~
13996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14008 \begin_inset space ~
14015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14024 instead, bearing in mind that these two programs are not yet as mature
14032 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14034 \begin_inset Index idx
14037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14038 FileFormats ! XHTML
14044 \begin_inset Index idx
14047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14056 \begin_layout Standard
14057 This file type has the extension
14058 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14066 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14070 It is a file suitable for viewing in web browsers.
14071 It does not itself contain images and the like but only links them, and
14072 when LyX produces XHTML, it also generates corresponding images in formats
14073 suitable for the purpose.
14074 Math is output as MathML, which renders nicely in browsers that support
14075 it, but not all do.
14078 \begin_layout Standard
14079 XHTML output remains
14080 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14084 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14087 , and not all LyX features are supported yet.
14089 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14092 LyX and the World Wide Web
14093 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14098 Additional Features
14100 manual, for more information.
14103 \begin_layout Standard
14104 You can export your document as an XHTML file using the menu item
14106 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14107 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14113 \begin_layout Subsection
14115 \begin_inset Index idx
14118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14127 \begin_layout Standard
14128 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the page
14129 breaks in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
14138 or the toolbar button
14145 A viewing program will pop up showing the output in the defined default
14146 output format, which is globally set in the preferences (see sec.
14147 \begin_inset space ~
14151 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14153 reference "sec:File-Formats"
14157 ) and can also be altered for single documents in the document settings
14159 \begin_inset space ~
14163 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14165 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
14170 Further output formats can be selected via
14172 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14175 or the toolbar button
14176 \begin_inset Graphics
14177 filename ../images/view-others.png
14179 groupId toolbarbuttons
14186 \begin_layout Standard
14187 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
14188 viewer window using the menu
14190 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14195 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14196 Update (Other Formats)
14201 \begin_layout Standard
14202 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
14204 To have a real output, export your document.
14207 \begin_layout Subsection
14208 Printing the File from within LyX
14209 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14211 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
14218 \begin_layout Standard
14219 Instead of exporting your file and then printing it, you can also print
14220 it directly from within LyX.
14221 To print a file, select the menu
14223 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14226 or click on the toolbar button
14229 arg "dialog-show print"
14233 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
14234 This file is then processed by the program
14238 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
14243 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
14246 \begin_layout Standard
14247 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages — this
14248 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
14249 printing one set to print on the other side.
14250 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
14251 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
14252 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
14255 \begin_layout Standard
14256 You can set the parameters in the
14259 \begin_inset space ~
14267 \begin_layout Labeling
14268 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14273 This is the name of the printer to print to.
14277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14278 Note that this printer name is for the program
14287 has to be configured for this printer name.
14288 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
14289 \begin_inset space ~
14293 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14295 reference "sub:Printer"
14304 The printer should understand PostScript.
14307 \begin_layout Labeling
14308 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14313 The name of a file to print to.
14314 The output will be a PostScript file.
14315 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
14319 \begin_layout Section
14320 A few Words about Typography
14321 \begin_inset Index idx
14324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14333 \begin_layout Subsection
14335 \begin_inset Index idx
14338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14347 \begin_layout Standard
14349 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14357 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14360 character comes in four lengths: the
14372 , and the minus sign:
14373 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
14379 \begin_layout Standard
14380 \begin_inset Tabular
14381 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
14382 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
14383 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14384 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14385 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14386 <row interlinespace="3mm">
14387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14415 <row interlinespace="3mm">
14416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14434 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14438 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14446 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14455 <row interlinespace="3mm">
14456 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14480 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14482 \begin_inset space ~
14485 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14492 <row interlinespace="3mm">
14493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14517 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14519 \begin_inset space ~
14522 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14539 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14543 \begin_inset Formula $-$
14551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14555 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14563 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14577 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
14583 \begin_layout Standard
14584 You can alternatively generate the en and em dash by inserting the
14585 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14593 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14596 character multiple times in a row.
14597 They will automatically be converted to the appropriate length dash in
14598 the final output, but not in LyX.
14600 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14604 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14608 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14612 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14616 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14620 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14624 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14630 \begin_layout Standard
14631 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
14632 math mode and has a length of its own.
14633 Here are some examples of the
14634 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14642 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14648 \begin_layout Enumerate
14649 line- and page-breaks
14650 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
14660 \begin_layout Enumerate
14662 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
14672 \begin_layout Enumerate
14673 Oh — there's a dash.
14674 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
14684 \begin_layout Enumerate
14685 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
14689 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
14699 \begin_layout Subsection
14701 \begin_inset Index idx
14704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14711 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14713 name "sub:Hyphenation"
14720 \begin_layout Standard
14721 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
14722 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
14727 \begin_inset Index idx
14730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14731 LaTeX-packages ! babel
14736 following the rules of the document language.
14739 \begin_layout Standard
14740 LaTeX hyphenates almost perfectly, it only has problems with text in the
14745 font and with unusual constructs, like
14746 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14750 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14754 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
14755 This is done with the menu
14757 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14758 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14760 \begin_inset space ~
14766 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
14767 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
14770 \begin_layout Standard
14771 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs from being hyphenated.
14772 Imagine that you are describing keybindings/shortcuts in your document
14774 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14778 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14782 LaTeX would then see the hyphen
14783 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14787 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14790 as a hyphenation possibility.
14791 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
14792 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, you can put it into a makebox
14793 as described in section
14794 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14797 Prevent Hyphenation
14798 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14808 \begin_layout Subsection
14810 \begin_inset Index idx
14813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14822 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14823 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
14824 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14826 name "sub:Abbreviations"
14833 \begin_layout Standard
14834 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
14835 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
14836 LaTeX then adds the
14837 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14840 appropriate amount of space
14841 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14845 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
14847 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
14850 \begin_layout Standard
14851 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation does
14852 not work in all cases.
14854 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14862 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14865 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
14866 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
14869 \begin_layout Standard
14870 Here are some examples of
14874 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
14877 \begin_layout Itemize
14882 \begin_layout Itemize
14887 \begin_layout Standard
14888 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
14891 \begin_layout Itemize
14893 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14897 this is too much space!
14900 \begin_layout Itemize
14905 \begin_layout Standard
14906 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
14909 \begin_layout Standard
14910 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
14913 \begin_layout Enumerate
14917 \begin_inset space ~
14922 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
14923 \begin_inset space ~
14927 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14929 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
14934 \begin_inset Index idx
14937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14938 Spaces ! inter-word
14946 \begin_layout Enumerate
14950 \begin_inset space ~
14955 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
14956 \begin_inset space ~
14960 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14962 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
14967 \begin_inset Index idx
14970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14979 \begin_layout Enumerate
14983 \begin_inset space ~
14987 \begin_inset space ~
14991 \begin_inset space ~
14998 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15000 \begin_inset space ~
15005 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
15006 This function is also bound to
15009 arg "specialchar-insert end-of-sentence"
15015 \begin_layout Standard
15016 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
15019 \begin_layout Itemize
15021 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15025 \begin_inset space \space{}
15028 this is too much space!
15031 \begin_layout Itemize
15032 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
15036 \begin_layout Standard
15037 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
15038 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because LaTeX
15039 will take care of this.
15042 \begin_layout Standard
15043 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
15047 \begin_inset space ~
15052 feature described in section
15058 Additional Features
15063 \begin_layout Subsubsection
15065 \begin_inset Index idx
15068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15069 Typography ! Quotes
15075 \begin_inset Index idx
15078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15109 \begin_layout Standard
15110 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
15111 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
15112 and use a closing quote at the end.
15114 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15118 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15122 The keyboard character,
15126 , generates this automatically.
15129 \begin_layout Standard
15130 You can change the behavior of the
15134 key using the submenu
15140 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15144 \begin_inset Index idx
15147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15148 Document ! Settings
15156 \begin_layout Standard
15157 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
15162 There are six choices:
15165 \begin_layout Labeling
15166 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15169 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15173 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15178 Use quotes like this
15179 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15183 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15187 \begin_inset Quotes els
15191 \begin_inset Quotes ers
15197 \begin_layout Labeling
15198 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15201 \begin_inset Quotes sld
15205 \begin_inset Quotes srd
15211 \begin_inset Quotes sld
15215 \begin_inset Quotes srd
15219 \begin_inset Quotes ers
15225 \begin_layout Labeling
15226 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15229 \begin_inset Quotes gld
15233 \begin_inset Quotes grd
15239 \begin_inset Quotes gld
15243 \begin_inset Quotes grd
15247 \begin_inset Quotes gls
15251 \begin_inset Quotes grs
15257 \begin_layout Labeling
15258 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15261 \begin_inset Quotes pld
15265 \begin_inset Quotes prd
15271 \begin_inset Quotes pld
15275 \begin_inset Quotes prd
15279 \begin_inset Quotes pls
15283 \begin_inset Quotes prs
15289 \begin_layout Labeling
15290 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15293 \begin_inset Quotes fld
15297 \begin_inset Quotes frd
15303 \begin_inset Quotes fld
15307 \begin_inset Quotes frd
15311 \begin_inset Quotes fls
15315 \begin_inset Quotes frs
15321 \begin_layout Labeling
15322 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15325 \begin_inset Quotes ald
15329 \begin_inset Quotes ard
15335 \begin_inset Quotes ald
15339 \begin_inset Quotes ard
15343 \begin_inset Quotes als
15347 \begin_inset Quotes ars
15353 \begin_layout Standard
15354 These settings affect what character the
15361 \begin_layout Subsection
15363 \begin_inset Index idx
15366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15367 Typography ! Ligatures
15373 \begin_inset Index idx
15376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15405 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15407 name "sub:Ligatures"
15414 \begin_layout Standard
15415 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
15416 print them as single characters.
15417 These groups are known as
15422 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
15424 Here are the standard ligatures:
15427 \begin_layout Itemize
15431 \begin_layout Itemize
15435 \begin_layout Itemize
15439 \begin_layout Itemize
15443 \begin_layout Itemize
15447 \begin_layout Standard
15448 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
15451 \begin_layout Standard
15452 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
15453 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
15454 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15458 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15461 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
15462 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15466 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15470 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15474 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15477 To break a ligature, use
15479 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15480 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15482 \begin_inset space ~
15489 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15493 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15497 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15500 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
15502 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15506 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15510 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15514 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15517 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
15519 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15525 \begin_layout Subsection
15527 \begin_inset Index idx
15530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15537 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15539 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
15546 \begin_layout Standard
15547 You will certainly have noticed that the word “LaTeX” always appears with
15548 characters in different sizes and heights.
15549 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
15550 as a proper name when you type it in LyX as
15551 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15566 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15570 \begin_inset Note Note
15573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15574 The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
15575 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15579 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15582 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
15583 To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
15588 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
15592 \begin_layout Description
15593 LyX The name of the game, write
15594 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15609 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15615 \begin_layout Description
15616 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
15617 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15632 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15638 \begin_layout Description
15639 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
15640 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15655 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15661 \begin_layout Description
15662 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
15663 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15678 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15684 \begin_layout Standard
15685 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
15686 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15690 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
15694 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15698 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
15699 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
15700 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
15703 : The actual version is
15704 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15708 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15711 , the previous one was
15712 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15716 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15722 \begin_layout Standard
15723 If you don't want to use proper names, e.
15724 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15728 \begin_inset space \space{}
15731 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
15733 This will look in LyX like:
15734 \begin_inset Graphics
15735 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
15741 \begin_inset Newline newline
15744 For more about TeX Code, look at section
15745 \begin_inset space ~
15749 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15751 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
15758 \begin_layout Subsection
15760 \begin_inset Index idx
15763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15772 \begin_layout Standard
15773 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
15774 space between two words.
15775 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
15778 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15782 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15785 for units use the menu
15787 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15788 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15790 \begin_inset space ~
15798 arg "space-insert thin"
15804 \begin_layout Standard
15805 Here's an example to show the differences:
15808 \begin_layout Standard
15809 \begin_inset Tabular
15810 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
15811 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
15812 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15813 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15815 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15820 \begin_inset space ~
15824 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
15832 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15836 space between number and unit
15843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15848 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15852 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
15860 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15864 half space between number and unit
15877 \begin_layout Subsection
15879 \begin_inset Index idx
15882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15883 Typography ! Widows and orphans
15891 \begin_layout Standard
15892 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
15894 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
15895 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
15896 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
15897 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
15898 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
15899 These bits of text became known as
15910 \begin_layout Standard
15911 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
15912 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
15913 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
15914 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
15915 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
15916 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
15917 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
15920 \begin_layout Standard
15921 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
15922 or how you can tweak that behavior.
15923 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as
15924 \begin_inset space ~
15928 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
15930 key "latexcompanion"
15935 \begin_inset space ~
15939 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
15945 ] may have more information.
15946 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
15949 \begin_layout Chapter
15950 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
15951 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15953 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
15960 \begin_layout Standard
15961 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
15966 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
15969 \begin_layout Section
15971 \begin_inset Index idx
15974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15981 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15990 \begin_layout Standard
15991 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
15994 \begin_layout Description
15996 \begin_inset space ~
15999 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
16000 \begin_inset Newline newline
16004 \begin_inset Note Note
16007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16008 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
16016 \begin_layout Description
16017 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
16018 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
16020 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16021 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16022 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
16025 \begin_inset Newline newline
16029 \begin_inset Note Comment
16032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16033 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
16041 \begin_layout Description
16043 \begin_inset space ~
16046 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
16047 \begin_inset Newline newline
16051 \begin_inset Newline newline
16055 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
16058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16064 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
16065 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
16066 How this can be done is explained in the
16075 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
16081 \begin_inset Newline newline
16085 \begin_inset Newline newline
16088 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
16089 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
16092 \begin_layout Standard
16093 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
16101 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16105 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
16108 \begin_layout Section
16110 \begin_inset Index idx
16113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16120 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16122 name "sec:Footnotes"
16129 \begin_layout Standard
16130 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
16133 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16136 or the toolbar button
16139 arg "footnote-insert"
16151 \begin_inset Graphics
16152 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
16161 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
16171 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16179 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16190 label, the box will
16194 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
16195 Clicking on the box label again, will close
16208 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
16224 \begin_layout Standard
16225 Here's an example footnote:
16233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16234 To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
16242 \begin_layout Standard
16243 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
16244 position where the footnote box is placed.
16245 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
16246 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
16247 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
16248 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
16249 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
16254 ey are described in the
16261 \begin_layout Section
16263 \begin_inset Index idx
16266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16273 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16275 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
16282 \begin_layout Standard
16283 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
16284 When you insert a margin note via the menu
16286 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16288 \begin_inset space ~
16293 or the toolbar button
16296 arg "marginalnote-insert"
16315 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16319 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16322 appearing within your text.
16323 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
16332 \begin_layout Standard
16333 At the side is an example marginal note.
16337 \begin_inset Marginal
16340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16341 This is a marginal note.
16349 \begin_layout Standard
16350 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
16351 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin – left on even
16352 pages, right on odd pages.
16355 \begin_layout Section
16356 Graphics and Images
16357 \begin_inset Index idx
16360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16367 \begin_inset Index idx
16370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16377 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16379 name "sec:Graphics"
16386 \begin_layout Standard
16387 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
16388 you want and click on the toolbar icon
16391 arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
16396 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16400 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
16403 \begin_layout Standard
16404 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
16409 tab allows you to choose your image file.
16410 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
16412 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
16413 \begin_inset space ~
16417 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16419 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
16426 \begin_layout Standard
16431 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
16432 of the image in the output.
16433 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
16437 \begin_inset space ~
16441 \begin_inset space ~
16450 \begin_inset space ~
16454 \begin_inset space ~
16458 \begin_inset space ~
16463 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
16464 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
16472 \begin_layout Standard
16475 LaTeX and LyX options
16477 tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options.
16478 You can also specify here the appearance of the image inside LyX.
16482 \begin_inset space ~
16487 has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
16488 with the image size is printed.
16492 \begin_inset space ~
16496 \begin_inset space ~
16500 \begin_inset space ~
16505 is explained in the
16516 \begin_layout Standard
16517 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
16518 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
16520 This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
16524 \begin_layout Standard
16526 \begin_inset Graphics
16527 filename clipart/mobius.eps
16535 \begin_layout Standard
16536 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
16537 the image into a float, see section
16538 \begin_inset space ~
16542 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16544 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
16551 \begin_layout Subsection
16553 \begin_inset Index idx
16556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16563 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16565 name "sub:Image-Formats"
16572 \begin_layout Standard
16573 You can insert images in any known file format.
16574 But as we explained in section
16575 \begin_inset space ~
16579 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16581 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
16585 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
16586 LyX uses therefore the program
16590 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
16591 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
16592 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
16593 \begin_inset space ~
16597 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16599 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
16606 \begin_layout Standard
16607 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
16610 \begin_layout Description
16612 \begin_inset space ~
16615 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
16616 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixelated in large zooms.
16617 Well-known bitmap image formats are
16618 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16621 Graphics Interchange Format
16622 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16625 (GIF, file extension
16626 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16634 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16638 \begin_inset Index idx
16641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16670 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16673 Portable Network Graphics
16674 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16677 (PNG, file extension
16678 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16686 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16690 \begin_inset Index idx
16693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16722 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16725 Joint Photographic Experts Group
16726 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16729 (JPG, file extension
16730 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16738 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16742 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16750 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16754 \begin_inset Index idx
16757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16788 \begin_layout Description
16790 \begin_inset space ~
16793 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
16795 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
16796 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
16797 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
16798 \begin_inset Newline newline
16801 Scalable image formats can be
16802 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16805 Scalable Vector Graphics
16806 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16809 (SVG, file extension
16810 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16818 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16822 \begin_inset Index idx
16825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16854 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16857 Encapsulated PostScript
16858 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16861 (EPS, file extension
16862 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16870 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16874 \begin_inset Index idx
16877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16906 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16909 Portable Document Format
16910 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16913 (PDF, file extension
16914 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16922 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16926 \begin_inset Index idx
16929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16936 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
16937 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
16938 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
16943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16944 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
16952 \begin_layout Standard
16953 Normally one cannot convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
16957 \begin_layout Subsection
16958 Grouping of Image Settings
16959 \begin_inset Index idx
16962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16963 Images ! Settings grouping
16971 \begin_layout Standard
16972 Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
16974 Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
16975 of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
16977 So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
16978 need to manually change each of them.
16982 \begin_layout Standard
16983 A new group can be set by entering a name in the
16986 \begin_inset space ~
16991 field in the Graphics dialog.
16992 Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
16993 by checking the name of the desired group.
16996 \begin_layout Section
16998 \begin_inset Index idx
17001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17008 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17017 \begin_layout Standard
17018 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
17021 arg "tabular-insert"
17026 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17030 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
17031 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
17032 from the rest of the table.
17033 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
17034 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
17036 Here's an example table:
17039 \begin_layout Standard
17041 \begin_inset Tabular
17042 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
17043 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
17044 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17045 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17046 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
17047 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17049 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17058 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17085 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17096 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17114 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17132 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17194 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17212 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17221 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17230 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17247 \begin_layout Subsection
17251 \begin_layout Standard
17252 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
17253 brings up the table dialog.
17254 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
17255 where the cursor is placed currently.
17256 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
17257 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
17258 done on all of your selection.
17261 \begin_layout Standard
17262 Additionally to the table dialog, the
17265 \begin_inset space ~
17270 helps you in setting table properties.
17271 It appears when the cursor is inside a table.
17274 \begin_layout Standard
17278 \begin_inset space ~
17283 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
17284 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
17285 current cell respectively.
17286 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
17288 A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
17289 of text, see section
17290 \begin_inset space ~
17294 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17296 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
17303 \begin_layout Standard
17304 You can mark multiple cells of one row/column as a multicolumn/row cell
17305 using the check box
17314 This will merge the cells to
17318 cell, spread over more than one column/row.
17319 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
17320 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
17321 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
17322 in the last row without the upper border:
17325 \begin_layout Standard
17327 \begin_inset Tabular
17328 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
17329 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
17330 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17331 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
17332 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
17333 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17335 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17344 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17353 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17373 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17409 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17429 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17464 \begin_layout Standard
17465 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
17466 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
17467 explained in the tables section of the
17470 \begin_inset space ~
17476 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
17477 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
17480 degrees counterclockwise.
17481 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
17484 \begin_layout Standard
17485 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
17488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17493 Most DVI-viewers are
17497 able to display rotations.
17505 \begin_layout Standard
17510 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
17515 adds lines for all cell borders.
17518 \begin_layout Subsection
17520 \begin_inset Index idx
17523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17524 Tables ! Longtables
17530 \begin_inset Index idx
17533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17542 \begin_layout Standard
17543 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
17546 \begin_inset space ~
17550 \begin_inset space ~
17559 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
17560 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
17563 \begin_layout Description
17568 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
17569 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
17570 except for the first page, if
17573 \begin_inset space ~
17581 \begin_layout Description
17585 \begin_inset space ~
17590 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
17591 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
17594 \begin_layout Description
17599 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
17600 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
17601 except for the last page, if
17604 \begin_inset space ~
17612 \begin_layout Description
17616 \begin_inset space ~
17621 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
17622 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
17625 \begin_layout Description
17626 Caption: The first row is reset as a single column.
17627 You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
17629 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17633 More about longtable captions can be found in the
17636 \begin_inset space ~
17644 \begin_layout Standard
17645 You can also specify a row where the table is split.
17646 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
17647 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
17648 The others will then be defined as
17653 In this context, first means first in this order:
17656 \begin_inset space ~
17668 \begin_inset space ~
17674 See the following longtable to see how it works:
17677 \begin_layout Standard
17679 \begin_inset Tabular
17680 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
17681 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
17682 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
17683 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17684 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17685 <row endfirsthead="true">
17686 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17692 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
17697 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17706 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17716 <row endfirsthead="true">
17717 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17728 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17737 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17749 <row endhead="true">
17750 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17761 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17770 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17780 <row endhead="true">
17781 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17792 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17801 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17813 <row endfoot="true">
17814 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17825 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17834 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17856 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17865 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17887 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17907 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17918 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17927 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18073 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18082 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18113 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18290 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18321 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18434 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18476 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18507 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18538 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18558 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18589 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18631 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18682 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18713 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18755 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18764 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18775 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18786 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18795 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18806 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18815 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
18818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18824 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18835 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18855 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18866 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18897 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18928 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18939 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18959 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18979 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18990 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19001 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19021 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19041 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19052 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19063 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19083 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19114 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19145 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19156 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19165 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19176 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19207 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19218 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19238 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19249 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19269 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19300 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19320 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19331 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19342 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19362 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19373 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19393 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19424 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19444 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19455 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19486 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19517 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19548 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19559 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19579 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19610 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19621 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19630 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19641 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19652 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19661 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19672 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19692 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19703 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19714 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19723 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19734 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19745 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19754 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19765 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19776 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19795 <row endlastfoot="true">
19796 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19807 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
19810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19816 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19833 \begin_layout Subsection
19835 \begin_inset Index idx
19838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19845 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19847 name "sub:Table-Cells"
19854 \begin_layout Standard
19855 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
19856 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
19857 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
19858 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
19862 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
19863 for the cell's paragraph.
19866 \begin_layout Standard
19867 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
19868 for the column in the table dialog.
19869 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
19870 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
19874 \begin_layout Standard
19876 \begin_inset Tabular
19877 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
19878 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
19879 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19880 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
19881 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19901 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19919 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19939 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19970 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
19975 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20013 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20026 This is longer now.
20031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20082 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
20083 This is longer now.
20088 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20114 \begin_layout Standard
20115 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
20116 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
20120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20121 Note, that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would
20122 not be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3.
20128 Selection with the mouse or with
20132 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
20133 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
20134 the selection from outside the table.
20137 \begin_layout Section
20139 \begin_inset Index idx
20142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20149 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20158 \begin_layout Standard
20159 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
20160 have a fixed location.
20162 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20166 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20169 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
20177 \begin_inset space ~
20182 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
20183 too many notes on the page.
20186 \begin_layout Standard
20187 Floats make it possible to get a high quality layout.
20188 Images and tables can be spread evenly over the pages to avoid whitespace
20189 and pages without text.
20190 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
20191 , every float can be referenced in the text.
20192 Floats are therefore numbered.
20193 Referencing is described in section
20194 \begin_inset space ~
20198 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20200 reference "sec:Cross-References"
20207 \begin_layout Standard
20208 To insert a float, use the menu
20210 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20214 A box with a caption that has e.
20215 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20219 \begin_inset space \space{}
20223 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20227 \begin_inset space ~
20231 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20234 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
20235 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
20237 After the label you can insert the caption text.
20238 \begin_inset Index idx
20241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20247 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
20248 paragraph within the float.
20249 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
20250 by left-clicking on the box label.
20251 A closed float box looks like this:
20252 \begin_inset Graphics
20253 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
20258 – a gray button with a red label.
20261 \begin_layout Standard
20262 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
20263 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
20266 \begin_layout Subsection
20270 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20272 \begin_inset Index idx
20275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20276 Floats ! Figure floats
20282 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20284 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
20291 \begin_layout Standard
20294 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20295 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20298 inserts a float with the label
20299 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20305 \begin_inset space ~
20311 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20315 Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
20316 the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
20317 This is what we did for Figure
20318 \begin_inset space ~
20322 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20324 reference "cap:Platypus"
20329 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
20330 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
20331 This was done in Figure
20332 \begin_inset space ~
20336 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20338 reference "cap:Escher"
20345 \begin_layout Standard
20346 \begin_inset Float figure
20351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20353 \begin_inset Graphics
20354 filename clipart/platypus.eps
20362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20363 \begin_inset Caption
20365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20366 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20368 name "cap:Platypus"
20372 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
20385 \begin_layout Standard
20386 \begin_inset Float figure
20391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20392 \begin_inset Caption
20394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20395 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20412 \begin_inset Graphics
20413 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
20426 \begin_layout Standard
20427 This figure float also shows how to set a label and create a cross-reference
20429 As described in section
20430 \begin_inset space ~
20434 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20436 reference "sec:Cross-References"
20440 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
20442 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20445 and refer to it using the menu
20447 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20451 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
20453 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20457 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20460 , because, as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document, it
20462 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20466 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20472 \begin_layout Standard
20473 Normally only one image is inserted in a figure float, but sometimes you
20474 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
20475 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
20476 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures.
20478 \begin_inset space ~
20482 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20484 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
20488 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
20489 You can also set the images one below the other.
20491 \begin_inset space ~
20495 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20497 reference "fig:Undefinable"
20502 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20504 reference "fig:Platypus"
20508 are the subfigures.
20511 \begin_layout Standard
20512 \begin_inset Float figure
20517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20518 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
20522 \begin_inset Float figure
20527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20528 \begin_inset Caption
20530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20531 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20533 name "fig:Undefinable"
20545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20546 \begin_inset Graphics
20547 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
20558 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
20562 \begin_inset Float figure
20567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20568 \begin_inset Caption
20570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20571 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20573 name "fig:Platypus"
20585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20586 \begin_inset Graphics
20587 filename clipart/platypus.eps
20599 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
20605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20606 \begin_inset Caption
20608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20609 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20611 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
20615 Two distorted images.
20628 \begin_layout Standard
20629 Note that the caption is added to the
20632 \begin_inset space ~
20636 \begin_inset space ~
20641 as described in section
20642 \begin_inset space ~
20646 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20648 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
20655 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20657 \begin_inset Index idx
20660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20661 Floats ! Table floats
20669 \begin_layout Standard
20670 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
20672 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20673 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20677 They have the same properties as figure floats except for the different
20680 \begin_inset space ~
20684 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20686 reference "cap:Table-float"
20690 is an example of a table float.
20693 \begin_layout Standard
20694 \begin_inset Float table
20699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20700 \begin_inset Caption
20702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20703 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20705 name "cap:Table-float"
20717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20719 \begin_inset Tabular
20720 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
20721 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
20722 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
20723 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
20724 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
20726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20818 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20851 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
20859 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20872 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
20875 \end{array}\right]$
20883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20896 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
20917 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20919 \begin_inset Index idx
20922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20923 Floats ! Algorithm floats
20931 \begin_layout Standard
20932 This float type is inserted with the menu
20934 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20935 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20939 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
20940 A possible environment for algorithms is the
20944 , described in section
20945 \begin_inset space ~
20949 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20951 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
20958 \begin_layout Standard
20959 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20967 that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
20973 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
20976 \begin_layout Standard
20981 floatname{algorithm}{your
20982 \begin_inset space ~
20988 \begin_layout Standard
20989 to the document preamble (menu
20991 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20998 \begin_inset space ~
21004 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21012 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21018 \begin_layout Subsubsection
21020 \begin_inset Index idx
21023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21024 Floats ! Text Wrap Floats
21032 \begin_layout Standard
21033 \begin_inset Wrap figure
21040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21041 \begin_inset Graphics
21042 filename clipart/mobius.eps
21050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21051 \begin_inset Caption
21053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21054 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21056 name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
21060 This is a wrapped figure.
21061 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
21074 This float type is used if you want to
21075 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21079 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21082 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
21084 It can be inserted using the menu
21086 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21087 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21089 \begin_inset space ~
21094 if the LaTeX-package
21099 \begin_inset Index idx
21102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21103 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
21112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21113 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
21116 \begin_inset space ~
21126 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
21129 \begin_inset space ~
21133 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21135 reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
21139 is for example a figure wrap float with a width of 40
21140 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21148 Available units are explained in Appendix
21149 \begin_inset space ~
21153 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21155 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
21164 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
21168 \begin_layout Standard
21169 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
21172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21177 Wrap floats might be fragile! E.
21178 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21182 \begin_inset space \space{}
21185 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up so
21186 that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed over some
21195 \begin_layout Itemize
21196 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
21197 That means that wrap floats should preferably be inserted in the exact
21198 place when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where
21199 page breaks will appear.
21202 \begin_layout Itemize
21203 Wrap floats should either be placed in their own paragraph before the paragraph
21204 where they should wrap into, or within a paragraph.
21207 \begin_layout Itemize
21208 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause trouble, so make sure that
21209 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
21212 \begin_layout Itemize
21213 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
21216 \begin_layout Subsection
21218 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21220 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
21225 \begin_inset Index idx
21228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21237 \begin_layout Standard
21238 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
21239 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
21243 \begin_inset space ~
21251 \begin_layout Standard
21252 Rotated floats are always placed on their own pages (or columns, when you
21253 have a multicolumn document).
21254 You can let them span several columns using the float settings option
21257 \begin_inset space ~
21263 Floats are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
21264 Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
21271 \begin_layout Standard
21272 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats; the caption
21273 format is also the same: Table
21274 \begin_inset space ~
21278 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21280 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
21284 is an example of a rotated table float.
21287 \begin_layout Standard
21288 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
21291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21296 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
21304 \begin_layout Standard
21305 \begin_inset Float table
21310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21311 \begin_inset Caption
21313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21314 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21316 name "cap:Rotated-table"
21328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21330 \begin_inset Tabular
21331 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
21332 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
21333 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
21334 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
21335 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
21336 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
21337 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
21339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21375 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21397 \begin_layout Subsection
21399 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21401 name "sub:Float-Placement"
21406 \begin_inset Index idx
21409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21418 \begin_layout Standard
21419 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
21420 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
21421 \begin_inset Newline newline
21427 \begin_inset space ~
21432 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
21433 span both columns on the page instead of being confined to just one.
21434 \begin_inset Newline newline
21440 \begin_inset space ~
21445 is used to rotate floats, see section
21446 \begin_inset space ~
21450 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21452 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
21459 \begin_layout Standard
21460 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
21461 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
21464 \begin_inset space ~
21468 \begin_inset space ~
21476 \begin_layout Description
21478 \begin_inset space ~
21482 \begin_inset space ~
21485 possible: try to place the float at the position where it is inserted
21488 \begin_layout Description
21490 \begin_inset space ~
21494 \begin_inset space ~
21497 page: try to place the float at the top of the current page
21500 \begin_layout Description
21502 \begin_inset space ~
21506 \begin_inset space ~
21509 page: try to place the float at the bottom of the current page
21512 \begin_layout Description
21514 \begin_inset space ~
21518 \begin_inset space ~
21521 floats: try to place the float at an own page
21524 \begin_layout Standard
21525 The order of the above option is
21530 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
21534 \begin_inset space ~
21538 \begin_inset space ~
21546 \begin_inset space ~
21550 \begin_inset space ~
21555 , and then the others.
21556 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
21558 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
21559 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
21562 \begin_layout Standard
21563 By default, each option has its own rules:
21566 \begin_layout Standard
21570 \begin_inset space ~
21574 \begin_inset space ~
21579 only floats occupying less than 70
21580 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21583 % of the page can be placed at the top of a page
21586 \begin_layout Standard
21590 \begin_inset space ~
21594 \begin_inset space ~
21599 : only floats occupying less than 30
21600 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21603 % of the page can be placed at the bottom of a page.
21606 \begin_layout Standard
21610 \begin_inset space ~
21614 \begin_inset space ~
21619 : only if more than 50
21620 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21623 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats can be set together
21627 \begin_layout Standard
21628 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
21632 \begin_inset space ~
21636 \begin_inset space ~
21644 \begin_layout Standard
21645 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
21646 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
21647 For this case you can use the option
21650 \begin_inset space ~
21656 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
21658 Because the float is then no longer able to
21659 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21663 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21666 when you change your document, this will often destroy the page layout.
21669 \begin_layout Standard
21670 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
21671 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
21674 \begin_layout Standard
21675 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
21677 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
21679 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
21686 \begin_layout Section
21688 \begin_inset Index idx
21691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21698 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21700 name "sec:Minipages"
21707 \begin_layout Standard
21708 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
21710 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
21711 \begin_inset space ~
21718 \begin_layout Standard
21719 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
21721 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21725 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
21726 and its alignment within the page.
21729 \begin_layout Standard
21731 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21741 height_special "totalheight"
21744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21747 This is a minipage.
21748 The text is set in an italic style.
21751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21754 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
21755 another formatting.
21763 \begin_layout Standard
21764 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
21767 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
21771 as described in section
21772 \begin_inset space ~
21776 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21778 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
21783 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
21789 \begin_layout Standard
21790 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21800 height_special "totalheight"
21803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21804 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
21805 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
21811 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21815 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21825 height_special "totalheight"
21828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21829 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
21830 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
21838 \begin_layout Standard
21839 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
21845 \begin_layout Standard
21846 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
21847 to other box types.
21848 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
21859 \begin_layout Chapter
21860 Mathematical Formulas
21861 \begin_inset Index idx
21864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21871 \begin_inset Index idx
21874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21903 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21905 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
21912 \begin_layout Standard
21913 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
21918 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
21921 \begin_layout Section
21923 \begin_inset Index idx
21926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21935 \begin_layout Standard
21936 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
21943 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
21945 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
21946 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
21947 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
21949 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21955 \begin_layout Standard
21956 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
21960 \begin_inset space ~
21965 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
21968 \begin_layout Standard
21969 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
21970 line, like this one:
21973 \begin_layout Standard
21974 This is a line with an inline formula
21975 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
21981 \begin_layout Standard
21982 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like if they were in an own paragraph
21984 \begin_inset Formula
21991 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
21994 \begin_layout Standard
21995 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
21997 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22001 \begin_inset space \space{}
22005 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22015 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22018 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
22019 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
22023 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
22026 \begin_inset space ~
22034 \begin_layout Subsection
22035 Navigating in Formulas
22036 \begin_inset Index idx
22039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22048 \begin_layout Standard
22049 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
22050 achieved with the arrow keys.
22051 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
22052 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
22057 will leave a formula construct (a square root
22058 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
22062 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
22066 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
22069 \end{array}\right]$
22077 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
22082 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
22083 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
22086 \begin_layout Standard
22091 , printed in this document as
22092 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22109 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22113 \begin_inset Note Note
22116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22117 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
22118 space character (visible space).
22123 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
22124 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
22125 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
22130 For example, if you want
22131 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
22142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22185 , since in the latter case only the
22188 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
22193 will be under the square root sign:
22194 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
22200 \begin_layout Standard
22201 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
22203 \begin_inset Formula
22205 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
22214 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
22215 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
22218 \begin_layout Subsection
22222 \begin_layout Standard
22223 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
22224 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
22228 and a cursor movement key to select text.
22229 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
22230 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
22231 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
22232 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
22235 \begin_layout Subsection
22236 Exponents and Subscripts
22237 \begin_inset Index idx
22240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22247 \begin_inset Index idx
22250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22259 \begin_layout Standard
22260 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
22261 way is to use a command.
22263 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
22266 , type in a formula
22272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22288 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
22294 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
22298 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
22307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22319 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
22321 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22325 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22328 , you have to use an extra
22332 to separate the hat and the character.
22334 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22338 \begin_inset space \space{}
22342 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
22351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22363 Subscripts are similar: To get
22364 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
22373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22387 \begin_layout Subsection
22389 \begin_inset Index idx
22392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22401 \begin_layout Standard
22402 Create a fraction with either the command
22409 \begin_inset Graphics
22410 filename ../images/math/frac.png
22418 \begin_inset space ~
22424 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
22425 The cursor is above the fraction line.
22426 To move it to the bottom, simply press
22431 To move back up, press
22436 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
22437 \begin_inset Formula
22439 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
22442 \end{array}\right)}\right]
22450 \begin_layout Subsection
22452 \begin_inset Index idx
22455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22464 \begin_layout Standard
22465 Roots can be created using the
22468 \begin_inset space ~
22474 \begin_inset Graphics
22475 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
22477 groupId toolbarbuttons
22500 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
22506 produces always a square root.
22509 \begin_layout Subsection
22510 Operators with Limits
22511 \begin_inset Index idx
22514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22521 \begin_inset Index idx
22524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22531 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22533 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
22540 \begin_layout Standard
22542 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
22546 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
22549 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
22550 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
22551 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
22552 The sum operator will automatically place its
22553 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22557 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22560 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
22563 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
22567 \begin_inset Formula
22569 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e
22574 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
22578 \begin_layout Standard
22579 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
22581 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
22582 behind the operator and hitting
22590 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22591 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22593 \begin_inset space ~
22597 \begin_inset space ~
22605 \begin_layout Standard
22606 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
22607 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22611 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22614 feature as addition, such as
22615 \begin_inset Index idx
22618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22625 \begin_inset Formula
22627 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),
22632 which will place the
22633 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
22637 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22641 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22645 In inline formulas it looks like this:
22646 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
22652 \begin_layout Standard
22653 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
22660 Have a look at section
22661 \begin_inset space ~
22665 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22667 reference "sub:Functions"
22671 for an explanation of function macros.
22674 \begin_layout Subsection
22676 \begin_inset Index idx
22679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22688 \begin_layout Standard
22689 Most math symbols can be found in the
22692 \begin_inset space ~
22697 under one of several categories; including
22714 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
22718 \begin_layout Standard
22719 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
22720 you don't have to use the
22723 \begin_inset space ~
22728 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
22729 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
22732 \begin_layout Subsection
22734 \begin_inset Index idx
22737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22746 \begin_layout Standard
22747 You may want to create spaces that differ from the standard spacing that
22752 arg "space-insert protected"
22758 \begin_inset space ~
22764 \begin_inset Graphics
22765 filename ../images/math/space.png
22767 groupId toolbarbuttons
22772 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
22773 For example, the sequence
22778 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
22782 \begin_inset Graphics
22783 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
22788 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
22789 the space marker and hit space again several times.
22790 With every space hit the size will be changed.
22791 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are negative
22793 Here are two examples:
22796 \begin_layout Standard
22806 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
22812 \begin_layout Standard
22822 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
22828 \begin_layout Subsection
22830 \begin_inset Index idx
22833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22840 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22842 name "sub:Functions"
22849 \begin_layout Standard
22853 \begin_inset space ~
22858 contains under the button
22859 \begin_inset Graphics
22860 filename ../images/math/functions.png
22862 groupId toolbarbuttons
22866 a number of function macros, such as
22867 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
22871 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
22879 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
22886 Standard mathematical practice is that functions are printed upright to
22887 avoid confusions, because
22888 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
22892 \begin_inset Formula $s\cdot i\cdot n$
22898 \begin_layout Standard
22899 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
22901 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
22905 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
22911 \begin_layout Standard
22912 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes where subscript
22913 s are placed, as described in section
22914 \begin_inset space ~
22918 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22920 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
22927 \begin_layout Subsection
22929 \begin_inset Index idx
22932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22941 \begin_layout Standard
22942 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
22944 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
22945 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.
22946 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22950 \begin_inset space \space{}
22954 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
22957 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
22958 Our example is entered by typing
22966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22979 \begin_inset space ~
22983 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22985 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
22989 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
22992 \begin_layout Standard
22993 \begin_inset Float table
22998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22999 \begin_inset Caption
23001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23002 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23004 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
23008 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
23016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23018 \begin_inset Tabular
23019 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
23020 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
23021 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23022 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23023 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23063 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23107 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
23117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23161 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
23171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23215 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
23225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23243 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23256 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23269 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
23279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23323 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
23333 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23364 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23377 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
23387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23431 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
23441 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23459 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23472 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23485 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
23495 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23539 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
23549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23558 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23584 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
23605 \begin_layout Standard
23606 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
23609 \begin_inset space ~
23615 \begin_inset Graphics
23616 filename ../images/math/hat.png
23618 groupId toolbarbuttons
23622 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
23626 \begin_layout Section
23627 Brackets and Delimiters
23628 \begin_inset Index idx
23631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23638 \begin_inset Index idx
23641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23648 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23650 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
23657 \begin_layout Standard
23658 There are several brackets available through LyX.
23659 For most purposes, using just the keys
23664 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
23665 or if you have several layers of brackets, it is better to use the math
23666 toolbar delimiter icon
23669 arg "dialog-show mathdelimiter"
23673 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
23675 \begin_inset Formula
23677 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
23685 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
23686 \begin_inset Formula
23688 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}
23696 \begin_layout Standard
23697 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
23698 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
23701 \begin_layout Standard
23702 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
23703 left side and right side.
23704 If you use the option
23707 \begin_inset space ~
23712 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
23713 The selection will be shown below the button field.
23714 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
23715 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
23718 \begin_layout Standard
23719 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
23720 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
23721 inside the brackets.
23722 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
23727 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
23730 \begin_layout Section
23731 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
23732 \begin_inset Index idx
23735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23742 \begin_inset Index idx
23745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23752 \begin_inset Index idx
23755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23756 Math ! Multi-line Equations
23764 \begin_layout Standard
23765 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
23768 \begin_inset space ~
23774 \begin_inset Graphics
23775 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
23777 groupId toolbarbuttons
23782 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
23783 Here is an example:
23784 \begin_inset Formula
23786 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
23795 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
23796 \begin_inset space ~
23800 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23802 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
23807 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
23808 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
23809 This alignment is set in the box
23814 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23822 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23826 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23834 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23838 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23846 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23851 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23859 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23862 for every column as default.
23863 For example, the sequence
23864 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23872 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23875 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
23876 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
23877 corresponds to the relevant column.
23878 The result will look like this:
23879 \begin_inset Formula
23882 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
23883 column & has & has\, right\\
23884 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment
23893 \begin_layout Standard
23894 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
23897 arg "newline-insert newline"
23900 while the cursor is in the matrix.
23901 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
23903 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23906 or the math toolbar.
23909 \begin_layout Standard
23910 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
23911 It can be created with the menu
23913 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23914 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23916 \begin_inset space ~
23928 Here is an example:
23929 \begin_inset Formula
23943 \begin_layout Standard
23944 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
23947 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
23950 arg "newline-insert newline"
23954 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
23959 arg "newline-insert newline"
23962 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
23963 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23967 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23970 etc.) will be inserted automatically in the first column, the relation sign
23971 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
23972 A new row is created by every further hit of
23975 arg "newline-insert newline"
23979 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
23980 Here is an example:
23981 \begin_inset Formula
23983 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
23984 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}
23989 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
23990 where you want to start the shift and hit
23995 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
23996 position to the next column.
23997 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
23998 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
23999 \begin_inset Formula
24001 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}
24009 \begin_layout Standard
24010 The multi-line formula type described here is called
24017 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
24018 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
24019 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24021 reference "eq:asquared"
24026 The other types are described in section
24027 \begin_inset space ~
24031 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24033 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24040 \begin_layout Section
24041 Formula Numbering and Referencing
24042 \begin_inset Index idx
24045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24046 Math ! Formula numbering
24052 \begin_inset Index idx
24055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24056 Math ! Referencing formulas
24062 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24064 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
24071 \begin_layout Standard
24072 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
24074 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24075 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24077 \begin_inset space ~
24085 arg "math-number-toggle"
24089 The formula number appears in LyX as
24090 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24094 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24097 within parentheses.
24099 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24103 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24106 denotes that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
24108 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
24109 the document class.
24110 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
24111 separated by a dot:
24112 \begin_inset Formula
24122 arg "math-number-toggle"
24125 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
24126 You can only number displayed formulas.
24129 \begin_layout Standard
24130 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
24132 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24133 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24135 \begin_inset space ~
24139 \begin_inset space ~
24143 \begin_inset space ~
24151 arg "math-number-line-toggle"
24154 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is:
24155 \begin_inset Formula
24158 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
24164 To number all lines use the shortcut
24167 arg "math-number-toggle"
24173 \begin_layout Standard
24174 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
24177 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
24178 A label is inserted with the menu
24180 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24183 when the cursor is in the formula.
24184 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
24185 It is recommended to use the proposed
24186 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24194 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24197 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
24198 type when you have many labels in your document.
24199 We inserted in the following example the label
24200 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24204 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24207 in the second line:
24208 \begin_inset Formula
24210 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
24211 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}
24216 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
24217 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
24219 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24223 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24227 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
24229 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24231 \begin_inset space ~
24237 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
24238 The reference appears in LyX as a grey cross reference box and in the output
24239 as the formula number:
24242 \begin_layout Standard
24243 This is a cross-reference to equation (
24244 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24246 reference "eq:tanhExp"
24253 \begin_layout Standard
24254 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
24255 \begin_inset space ~
24259 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24261 reference "sec:Cross-References"
24266 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
24269 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24272 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
24276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24277 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
24285 \begin_layout Section
24286 User defined math macros
24287 \begin_inset Index idx
24290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24299 \begin_layout Standard
24300 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas which is very useful when you
24301 have equations of the same form in a document several times.
24302 Math macros are explained in section
24305 \begin_inset space ~
24317 \begin_layout Section
24321 \begin_layout Subsection
24323 \begin_inset Index idx
24326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24335 \begin_layout Standard
24336 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
24337 To set a font in a formula, use the
24340 \begin_inset space ~
24346 \begin_inset Graphics
24347 filename ../images/math/font.png
24349 groupId toolbarbuttons
24353 , or enter its command, listed in table
24354 \begin_inset space ~
24358 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24360 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
24367 \begin_layout Standard
24368 \begin_inset Float table
24373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24374 \begin_inset Caption
24376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24377 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24379 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
24383 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
24391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24393 \begin_inset Tabular
24394 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
24395 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
24396 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
24397 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
24399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24429 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
24437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24452 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24456 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
24464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24483 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
24491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24516 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
24524 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24539 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24543 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
24551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24570 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
24578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24604 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
24612 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24631 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
24639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24665 \begin_layout Standard
24666 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24674 You can only print capital letters in the typefaces
24690 \begin_layout Standard
24691 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
24692 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
24697 within the box will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a protected
24698 space when you need a space in the box.
24699 Here an example where
24700 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24704 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24711 denotes the set of numbers:
24712 \begin_inset Formula
24714 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}
24722 \begin_layout Standard
24723 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
24725 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24729 \begin_inset space \space{}
24741 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
24745 \begin_inset Newline newline
24748 So it is better not to use this feature.
24751 \begin_layout Standard
24752 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
24753 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
24757 \begin_inset Newline newline
24760 You can only print them emboldened using the command
24766 , which works like the other typeface commands:
24767 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
24773 \begin_layout Standard
24780 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
24783 \begin_layout Standard
24784 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
24786 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24787 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24789 \begin_inset space ~
24797 \begin_layout Subsection
24799 \begin_inset Index idx
24802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24811 \begin_layout Standard
24812 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
24814 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
24818 \begin_inset space ~
24822 \begin_inset space ~
24830 \begin_inset space ~
24836 \begin_inset Graphics
24837 filename ../images/math/font.png
24839 groupId toolbarbuttons
24850 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
24851 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
24852 Here is an example:
24853 \begin_inset Formula
24856 x & \mbox{if I say so}\\
24857 -x & \mbox{under Umständen}
24866 \begin_layout Subsection
24868 \begin_inset Index idx
24871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24880 \begin_layout Standard
24881 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
24882 automatically chosen in most situations.
24900 For most characters,
24908 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
24909 and certain other structures, are set larger in
24914 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
24915 situations, all text will be set in the styles that LaTeX thinks are appropriat
24917 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
24918 \begin_inset Graphics
24919 filename ../images/math/style.png
24921 groupId toolbarbuttons
24926 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
24927 For example, you can set
24928 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
24931 , which is normally in
24940 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
24944 The four styles are used in the following example:
24947 \begin_layout Standard
24948 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
24952 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
24956 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
24960 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
24966 \begin_layout Standard
24967 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
24968 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
24970 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24972 \begin_inset space ~
24977 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
24978 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
24979 will be adjusted to correspond.
24980 As an example here is a formula in the font size
24981 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24985 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24991 \begin_layout Standard
24995 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
25001 \begin_layout Section
25005 \begin_layout Standard
25006 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
25007 the document classes and into layout modules.
25008 \begin_inset Index idx
25011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25017 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
25018 other than the AMS classes.
25020 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25022 reference "sub:Modules"
25026 for more on layout modules.
25029 \begin_layout Section
25031 \begin_inset Index idx
25034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25041 \begin_inset Index idx
25044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25053 \begin_layout Standard
25054 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
25055 (AMS) that are in common use.
25058 \begin_layout Subsection
25059 Enabling AMS-Support
25062 \begin_layout Standard
25063 Selecting the checkbox
25066 \begin_inset space ~
25070 \begin_inset space ~
25074 \begin_inset space ~
25081 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25085 \begin_inset Index idx
25088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25089 Document ! Settings
25097 \begin_inset space ~
25102 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
25104 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
25105 formulas, ensure that you have enabled AMS.
25108 \begin_layout Subsection
25110 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25112 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
25117 \begin_inset Index idx
25120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25121 Math ! Multi-line Equations
25129 \begin_layout Standard
25130 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
25131 LyX allows you to choose between
25152 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
25155 \begin_layout Chapter
25159 \begin_layout Section
25161 \begin_inset Index idx
25164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25171 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25173 name "sec:Cross-References"
25180 \begin_layout Standard
25181 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
25182 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
25184 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
25185 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
25186 We want for example to refer to the second item of the following list:
25189 \begin_layout Enumerate
25193 \begin_layout Enumerate
25194 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25196 name "enu:Second-item"
25203 \begin_layout Enumerate
25207 \begin_layout Standard
25208 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
25210 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25213 or by pressing the toolbar button
25220 A grey label box like this:
25221 \begin_inset Graphics
25222 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
25227 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
25228 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
25230 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25238 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25243 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25251 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25255 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25259 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25263 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.
25264 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25268 \begin_inset space \space{}
25271 if you insert a label into a section heading, the prefix will be
25272 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25280 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25286 \begin_layout Standard
25287 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
25289 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25292 or the toolbar button
25295 arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
25299 A grey cross-reference box like this:
25300 \begin_inset Graphics
25301 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
25306 is inserted and the cross-reference window appears showing all the labels
25308 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
25309 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25317 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25321 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
25325 \begin_layout Standard
25328 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25331 , you can right-click on a label and use in the appearing context menu
25336 The cross-reference to this label is now in the clipboard and can be copied
25337 to the actual cursor position via the menu
25339 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25345 \begin_layout Standard
25346 Here is our cross-reference: Item
25347 \begin_inset space ~
25351 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25353 reference "enu:Second-item"
25360 \begin_layout Standard
25361 It is recommended to use a protected space
25365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25366 described in section
25367 \begin_inset space ~
25371 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25373 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
25382 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly line breaks
25386 \begin_layout Standard
25387 There are six varieties of cross-references:
25390 \begin_layout Description
25391 <reference>: prints the number, this is the default:
25392 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25394 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25401 \begin_layout Description
25402 (<reference>): prints the number within two parentheses, this is the style
25403 normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference name
25405 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25409 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25413 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25415 reference "eq:tanhExp"
25422 \begin_layout Description
25423 <page>: prints the page number: Page
25424 \begin_inset space ~
25428 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25429 LatexCommand pageref
25430 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25437 \begin_layout Description
25439 \begin_inset space ~
25443 \begin_inset space ~
25446 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
25447 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25448 LatexCommand vpageref
25449 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25456 \begin_layout Description
25458 \begin_inset space ~
25462 \begin_inset space ~
25466 \begin_inset space ~
25469 <page>: prints the number, the text "on page", and the page number:
25470 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25472 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25479 \begin_layout Description
25481 \begin_inset space ~
25484 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
25485 \begin_inset Newline newline
25489 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
25492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25497 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
25506 \begin_inset Index idx
25509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25510 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
25516 \begin_inset Index idx
25519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25520 LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
25533 \begin_layout Description
25535 \begin_inset space ~
25538 reference: prints the caption or name of the reference:
25539 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25540 LatexCommand nameref
25541 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25548 \begin_layout Standard
25553 will not print the page number if the label is on the previous, the same,
25556 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25560 \begin_inset space \space{}
25564 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25572 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25578 <reference> on page <page>
25580 will not print anything about the page if the label is on the same page.
25583 \begin_layout Standard
25584 The number and current page of the referenced document part in the output
25585 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
25586 The varieties are adjusted in the field
25590 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
25594 \begin_layout Standard
25595 You can only use the style
25599 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
25603 is always possible.
25606 \begin_layout Standard
25607 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading;
25608 for floats put the label in the caption; for footnotes put the label in
25610 Referencing formulas is explained in section
25611 \begin_inset space ~
25615 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25617 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
25624 \begin_layout Standard
25625 Right-clicking on a cross-reference opens a context menu.
25629 \begin_inset space ~
25633 \begin_inset space ~
25638 sets the cursor before the referenced label.
25639 This entry will be renamed in the context menu of the label to
25642 \begin_inset space ~
25647 so that you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
25648 You can also go back with the toolbar button
25651 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
25657 \begin_layout Standard
25658 You can change labels at any time.
25659 References to the changed label will automatically be updated so that you
25660 do not need to take care about this.
25663 \begin_layout Standard
25664 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existent label, you will see two question
25665 marks in the output instead of the reference.
25668 \begin_layout Standard
25669 References are described in detail in sec.
25670 \begin_inset space ~
25674 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25678 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25688 \begin_layout Section
25689 Table of Contents and other Listings
25690 \begin_inset Index idx
25693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25700 \begin_inset Index idx
25703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25710 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25719 \begin_layout Subsection
25721 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25723 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
25730 \begin_layout Standard
25731 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
25733 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25734 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25736 \begin_inset space ~
25740 \begin_inset space ~
25746 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
25747 If you click on it, the
25751 window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline to move and rearrange
25752 sections in your documents.
25753 So this operation is an alternative to the menu
25755 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25758 that is described in sec.
25759 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25763 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25765 reference "sec:Navigating"
25772 \begin_layout Standard
25773 The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
25774 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
25776 \begin_inset space ~
25780 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25782 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
25786 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
25788 \begin_inset space ~
25792 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25794 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
25798 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
25800 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
25803 \begin_layout Subsection
25804 List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
25805 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25807 name "sub:List-of-Figures"
25814 \begin_layout Standard
25815 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
25816 You can insert them via the
25818 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25820 \begin_inset space ~
25824 \begin_inset space ~
25830 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
25833 \begin_layout Section
25834 URLs and Hyperlinks
25835 \begin_inset Index idx
25838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25845 \begin_inset Index idx
25848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25857 \begin_layout Subsection
25859 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25868 \begin_layout Standard
25869 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
25871 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25877 \begin_layout Standard
25878 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
25879 \begin_inset Flex URL
25882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25892 \begin_layout Standard
25893 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
25899 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
25903 \begin_layout Standard
25904 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
25907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25912 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
25920 \begin_layout Subsection
25922 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25924 name "sub:Hyperlinks"
25931 \begin_layout Standard
25932 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
25934 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25937 or with the toolbar button
25944 The appearing dialog has two fields:
25953 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
25954 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
25955 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25957 name "LyX's homepage"
25958 target "http://www.lyx.org"
25962 , an Email address like this:
25963 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25965 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
25966 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
25971 , or a link to a file.
25974 \begin_layout Standard
25975 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
25977 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25985 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25988 to the link target.
25991 \begin_layout Standard
25992 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
25993 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
25994 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
25995 the text style dialog.
25996 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
26000 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26002 name "LyX's homepage"
26003 target "http://www.lyx.org"
26010 \begin_layout Standard
26011 The link text color can be changed, when the option
26015 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
26017 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26018 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26022 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
26024 \begin_inset Newline newline
26032 \begin_inset Newline newline
26039 in the PDF Properties dialog.
26042 \begin_layout Section
26044 \begin_inset Index idx
26047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26054 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26056 name "sec:Appendices"
26063 \begin_layout Standard
26064 Appendices are created with the menu
26066 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26068 \begin_inset space ~
26072 \begin_inset space ~
26078 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
26079 as the appendix region.
26080 The region is marked with a red borderline.
26083 \begin_layout Standard
26084 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
26085 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
26086 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
26087 and the subsection number.
26088 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
26092 \begin_layout Standard
26094 \begin_inset space ~
26098 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26100 reference "cha:Credits"
26105 \begin_inset space ~
26109 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26111 reference "sub:Export"
26118 \begin_layout Section
26120 \begin_inset Index idx
26123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26130 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26132 name "sec:Bibliography"
26139 \begin_layout Standard
26140 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
26141 You can include a bibliography database,
26145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26146 Known under the name
26147 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26151 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26159 which is explained in the next subsection, or you can insert the bibliography
26160 manually, using the paragraph environment
26164 , which was described in section
26165 \begin_inset space ~
26169 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26171 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
26176 If you want anything other than numerical citations that are used in this
26177 document, like author-year citations, then you must
26181 use a bibliography database.
26184 \begin_layout Subsection
26185 The Bibliography Environment
26188 \begin_layout Standard
26193 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
26195 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
26204 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
26206 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
26208 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26212 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26215 , a short form of its title, as key.
26218 \begin_layout Standard
26219 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
26221 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26224 or the toolbar button
26227 arg "dialog-show-new-inset citation"
26231 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
26232 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
26233 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
26234 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
26238 \begin_layout Standard
26239 Citation references appear in the output as the number of the bibliography
26240 entry with surrounding brackets.
26245 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
26246 Here are two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
26248 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26252 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26258 \begin_layout Standard
26261 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
26264 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26266 key "latexcompanion"
26273 \begin_layout Standard
26274 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
26275 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26284 \begin_layout Subsection
26285 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
26286 \begin_inset Index idx
26289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26290 Bibliography ! Databases
26296 \begin_inset Index idx
26299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26300 Bibliography ! BibTeX
26306 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26308 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
26315 \begin_layout Standard
26316 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
26321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26322 They are also useful simply for keeping a database of articles and notes
26324 Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations
26325 and reviews along with bibliographical information.
26330 It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
26332 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
26333 your working field in a database.
26334 This database can be used for different documents, and only the entries
26335 cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography list for
26337 This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books
26341 \begin_layout Standard
26342 The database is a text file with the file extension
26343 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26351 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26354 , containing the bibliography in a special format.
26355 The format is explained in
26356 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26362 and in LaTeX books (
26363 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26365 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
26370 The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a
26371 special program to create and edit the entries in the database.
26372 A list of such programs is maintained on the LyX Wiki at
26373 \begin_inset Flex URL
26376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26378 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
26386 \begin_layout Standard
26387 To use a database, use the menu
26389 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26394 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26407 \begin_inset space ~
26413 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
26414 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
26417 Add bibliography to TOC
26419 adds a table of contents entry for the bibliography.
26424 drop box you can select whether to include > all the entries in the database
26425 in the document or just the cited references.
26428 \begin_layout Standard
26429 The style file is a text file with the file extension
26430 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26438 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26441 that controls how the bibliography entries will appear.
26442 Your LaTeX distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers
26443 provide their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the
26445 It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something
26450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26451 For information how this is done, have a look at
26452 \begin_inset Newline newline
26456 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26458 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf"
26470 \begin_layout Standard
26471 Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section.
26474 \begin_layout Standard
26475 To generate the bibliography from a database, LyX uses the program BibTeX.
26476 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
26479 Outputs\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26507 \begin_inset space ~
26513 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
26519 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26528 \begin_layout Standard
26529 When you select the option
26531 Sectioned bibliography
26535 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26538 dialog, it is possible to have multiple and sectioned bibliographies.
26539 This and other options are explained in detail in section
26541 Customizing Bibliographies
26549 Additional Features
26554 \begin_layout Standard
26555 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
26556 the two methods of creating them.
26557 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
26558 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
26559 We used the style file
26563 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
26566 \begin_layout Subsection
26567 Bibliography layout
26568 \begin_inset Index idx
26571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26572 Bibliography ! Layout
26580 \begin_layout Standard
26581 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
26582 For this feature you need to enable the option
26588 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26592 \begin_inset Index idx
26595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26596 Document ! Settings
26606 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
26607 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
26608 in the previous section.
26611 \begin_layout Standard
26612 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
26613 in the citation reference window.
26614 Here an example where we set the text
26615 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26619 \begin_inset space ~
26623 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26626 to appear after the reference:
26629 \begin_layout Standard
26631 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26634 key "latexcompanion"
26641 \begin_layout Section
26643 \begin_inset Index idx
26646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26653 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26662 \begin_layout Standard
26663 An index entry is created if you use the menu
26665 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26667 \begin_inset space ~
26672 or the toolbar button
26680 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26688 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26691 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
26692 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
26693 by LyX as the index entry.
26696 \begin_layout Standard
26697 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
26698 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
26700 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26702 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
26709 \begin_layout Standard
26710 The index list is inserted in the document with the menu
26712 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26714 \begin_inset space ~
26718 \begin_inset space ~
26721 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26723 \begin_inset space ~
26729 A light blue box labeled
26730 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26738 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26741 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
26742 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
26745 \begin_layout Subsection
26746 Grouping Index Entries
26747 \begin_inset Index idx
26750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26759 \begin_layout Standard
26760 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
26762 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
26763 lists under the entry
26764 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26768 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26772 First we create the entry
26773 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26777 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26781 \begin_inset space ~
26785 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26787 reference "sub:Lists"
26792 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
26793 \begin_inset space ~
26797 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26799 reference "sec:Itemize"
26803 , we insert the command
26806 \begin_layout Standard
26812 \begin_layout Standard
26816 \begin_layout Standard
26822 \begin_layout Standard
26823 for the enumerated list in section
26824 \begin_inset space ~
26828 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26830 reference "sec:Enumerate"
26837 \begin_layout Standard
26838 The exclamation mark
26839 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26843 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26846 marks the grouping levels.
26847 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
26848 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
26849 If we don't have an index entry for
26850 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26854 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26857 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
26860 \begin_layout Subsection
26862 \begin_inset Index idx
26865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26866 Index ! Page ranges
26874 \begin_layout Standard
26875 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
26877 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
26878 E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
26880 \begin_inset space ~
26884 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26886 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
26893 \begin_layout Standard
26896 Paragraph environments|(
26899 \begin_layout Standard
26900 and another entry at the end of section
26901 \begin_inset space ~
26905 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26907 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
26914 \begin_layout Standard
26917 Paragraph environments|)
26920 \begin_layout Standard
26922 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26930 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26934 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26942 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26945 respectively start and end the index range.
26946 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
26947 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
26948 the pages of the indexed document parts.
26949 An example is the index entry
26950 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26953 Document ! Settings
26954 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26960 \begin_layout Subsection
26962 \begin_inset Index idx
26965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26966 Index ! Cross referencing
26974 \begin_layout Standard
26975 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
26976 We referred for example in the index entry
26977 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26981 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26985 \begin_inset space ~
26989 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26991 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
26995 ) to the index entry
26996 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27000 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27003 in the same section using the entry
27006 \begin_layout Standard
27009 GIF|see{Image formats}
27012 \begin_layout Standard
27013 where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
27014 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
27015 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
27018 \begin_layout Subsection
27020 \begin_inset Index idx
27023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27024 Index ! Entry order
27032 \begin_layout Standard
27033 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
27034 then not follow the rules for the index order.
27035 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
27039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27040 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
27042 \begin_inset space ~
27046 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27048 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27057 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
27058 We have created as an example the three dummy index entries
27059 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27063 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27067 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27071 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27075 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27079 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27083 \begin_inset Index idx
27086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27087 Dummy entries ! maïs
27093 \begin_inset Index idx
27096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27097 Dummy entries ! maître
27103 \begin_inset Index idx
27106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27107 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
27112 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
27113 order maïs, maison, maître.
27114 To achieve this, we use the command
27117 \begin_layout Standard
27120 previous entry@current entry
27123 \begin_layout Standard
27124 In our case we want to have
27125 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27129 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27133 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27137 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27140 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
27143 \begin_layout Standard
27149 \begin_layout Standard
27150 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
27151 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
27155 \begin_layout Standard
27156 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27162 \begin_layout Standard
27163 In some cases the index entry order is not correct when you are using the
27168 to generate the index (see sec.
27169 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27173 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27175 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27184 would for example print the index entry for the LaTeX-package aeguill in
27186 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27190 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27192 reference "sub:Document-Font"
27196 after the index entries of the other LaTeX-packages although all these
27197 index commands start with
27198 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27206 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27210 The reason is that the index entry for aeguill is in a footnote.
27215 bug, add these commands to the preamble of your document:
27218 \begin_layout Standard
27230 \begin_layout Standard
27242 \begin_layout Subsection
27244 \begin_inset Index idx
27247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27248 Index ! Entry layout
27256 \begin_layout Standard
27257 You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
27258 \begin_inset Index idx
27261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27264 This is an italic dummy entry
27269 You can also format the page number using the character
27270 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27274 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27277 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
27278 We can write for example
27281 \begin_layout Standard
27284 italic page number:|textit
27287 \begin_layout Standard
27288 to get the page number in italic.
27289 \begin_inset Index idx
27292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27293 Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
27298 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
27300 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27308 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27316 \begin_inset space ~
27322 Have a look at section
27323 \begin_inset space ~
27327 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27329 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27333 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
27336 \begin_layout Standard
27337 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
27340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27345 Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
27349 to generate the index, see sec.
27350 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27354 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27356 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27365 , however, this won't work for anything other than bold or italic text.
27366 This is because xindy requires you
27367 \change_deleted 5863208 1304031984
27370 to define semantic elements before they can be used, see
27371 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27374 key "latexcompanion"
27386 \begin_layout Standard
27387 In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
27389 Instead of this, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
27390 Consider why you want some page numbers to be bold.
27391 Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
27392 the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
27393 If so, put the following in the preamble
27396 \begin_layout Standard
27408 \begin_layout Standard
27412 \begin_layout Standard
27418 \begin_layout Standard
27419 in the index entry.
27420 \begin_inset Index idx
27423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27424 Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
27429 The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
27430 insists that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
27431 change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
27434 \begin_layout Standard
27435 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
27437 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27441 \begin_inset space \space{}
27444 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
27445 for all index entries.
27446 For more advanced tasks you have to set up a so-called
27458 documentation for details,
27459 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27461 key "makeindex,xindy"
27468 \begin_layout Subsection
27470 \begin_inset Index idx
27473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27480 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27482 name "sub:Index-Program"
27489 \begin_layout Standard
27490 If the index entry program
27494 is installed, LyX uses it for index generation; otherwise the program
27498 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, is used.
27502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27507 is very old, no longer under development and has many pitfalls, notably
27508 that it was developed with only the English language in mind.
27509 So it fails to sort anything other than a monolingual English text correctly.
27510 We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
27511 However, if you are writing in another than the English language, consider
27521 Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
27522 dialog, see section
27523 \begin_inset space ~
27527 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27529 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
27534 The available options are listed and explained in
27535 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27537 key "makeindex,xindy"
27542 In this dialog, you can also specify an alternative program to generate
27546 \begin_layout Standard
27547 If you need specific options or an alternative index program only for a
27548 given document, you can define the program and\SpecialChar \slash{}
27551 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27552 Settings\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27553 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
27557 This is especially useful if you need to pass language-specific options
27558 to the index program or if you need a specific layout style.
27561 \begin_layout Subsection
27565 \begin_layout Standard
27566 In many fields, it is common to have more than one index.
27567 For instance, you might need to set up a separate
27568 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27572 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27575 next to the standard index.
27576 LaTeX does not provide this possibility out of the box, but there are many
27577 packages that add this feature.
27583 \begin_inset Index idx
27586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27587 LaTeX-packages ! splitidx
27592 package to generate multiple indexes.
27593 The package is included in all recent LaTeX distributions.
27594 If yours does not ship it, consult the TeX Catalogue,
27595 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27602 Note that the package does not only consist of a LaTeX style, but it also
27603 includes specific preprocessor programs that need to be installed as well.
27604 Please consult the package's manual for details.
27607 \begin_layout Standard
27608 To set up LyX for the use of multiple indexes, go to
27610 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27611 Settings\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27612 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
27616 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27619 Use multiple Indexes
27620 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27624 Note that the list of
27625 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27629 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27632 below already contains the standard index.
27633 To add further indexes, add the name of the index (in the form that should
27634 also appear as a heading) to the
27635 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27639 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27642 input field and press the
27643 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27647 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27651 The new index should now appear in the list as well.
27652 If you like, you can attribute an alternative label color to the new index
27653 by selecting the index in the list and hitting the
27654 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27657 Alter Color\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27659 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27663 The label color may help you to differentiate index entries of different
27664 indexes in the LyX work area.
27667 \begin_layout Standard
27668 Once the document changes have been applied, you can find the new index
27671 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27673 \begin_inset space ~
27677 \begin_inset space ~
27686 menu has a separate index entry for each of the defined indexes.
27687 The workflow is basically the same as for the default index, but there
27688 are some additional features:
27691 \begin_layout Itemize
27692 If you want to change the attribution of a specific index entry, right-clicking
27693 on the entry will open a dialog where you can do that.
27696 \begin_layout Itemize
27697 By right-clicking on an index, you can change its type.
27698 Furthermore, you can specify an index list to be a
27699 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27703 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27707 If you do that, the heading of that list will be decreased by one level.
27709 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27712 g., if you use a book class, where the standard index heading is defined
27713 as a chapter, subindexes will be defined as sections and can thus be nested
27714 to the non-subindexes.
27717 \begin_layout Section
27718 Nomenclature / Glossary
27719 \begin_inset Index idx
27722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27729 \begin_inset Index idx
27732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27761 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27763 name "sec:Nomenclature"
27770 \begin_layout Standard
27771 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
27772 document with a brief explanation of them – a so called nomenclature or
27776 \begin_layout Standard
27777 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
27782 \begin_inset Index idx
27785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27786 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
27792 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
27793 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27799 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
27802 \begin_layout Standard
27803 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
27804 and then use the menu
27806 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27812 \begin_inset space ~
27817 or the toolbar button
27820 arg "nomencl-insert"
27825 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27833 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27836 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
27839 \begin_layout Standard
27840 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
27841 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
27842 The second is the description of the symbol.
27845 \begin_layout Standard
27846 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
27849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27854 You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
27862 \begin_layout Subsection
27863 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
27864 \begin_inset Index idx
27867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27868 Nomenclature ! Layout
27876 \begin_layout Standard
27877 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
27881 field as LaTeX-formulas.
27883 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27887 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27891 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27895 \begin_inset Newline newline
27903 \begin_inset Newline newline
27909 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27913 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27916 character starts/ends the formula.
27917 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
27919 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27925 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27929 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
27939 \begin_layout Standard
27940 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
27941 \begin_inset space ~
27945 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27947 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27954 \begin_layout Standard
27958 \begin_inset space ~
27963 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
27964 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
27965 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27969 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27973 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27976 in this document is:
27977 \begin_inset Newline newline
27982 dummy entry for the character
27987 \begin_inset Newline newline
27999 \begin_inset space ~
28009 font use the command
28038 \begin_layout Subsection
28039 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
28040 \begin_inset Index idx
28043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28044 Nomenclature ! Sort order
28052 \begin_layout Standard
28053 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
28054 the symbol definition.
28055 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
28056 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
28059 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
28060 LatexCommand nomenclature
28062 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
28069 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28073 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
28074 LatexCommand nomenclature
28077 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
28082 They will be sorted by
28083 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28091 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28095 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28105 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28109 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28112 will be sorted before the
28116 since the character
28117 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28121 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28124 is considered in sorting.
28127 \begin_layout Standard
28128 To control the sort order, you can edit the
28131 \begin_inset space ~
28136 field of the nomenclature dialog.
28137 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
28139 For the example given, you can insert
28143 in this field for the
28144 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28151 will be located before
28152 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28158 \begin_layout Standard
28159 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
28164 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28173 \begin_layout Subsection
28174 Nomenclature Options
28175 \begin_inset Index idx
28178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28179 Nomenclature ! Options
28187 \begin_layout Standard
28192 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
28193 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
28196 \begin_layout Description
28197 refeq Appends the phrase
28198 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28210 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28213 to every nomenclature entry, where
28219 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
28222 \begin_layout Description
28223 refpage Appends the phrase
28224 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28236 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28239 to every nomenclature entry, where
28245 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
28248 \begin_layout Description
28249 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
28252 \begin_layout Standard
28253 There are furthermore the options
28297 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
28301 \begin_layout Standard
28302 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
28303 class options list in the
28305 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28309 In this document the option
28316 \begin_layout Standard
28317 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28323 \begin_layout Standard
28324 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
28325 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
28330 field in the nomenclature dialog:
28333 \begin_layout Description
28343 \begin_layout Description
28346 nomrefpage Like the
28353 \begin_layout Description
28356 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
28365 \begin_layout Description
28369 \begin_inset space ~
28375 \begin_inset space ~
28380 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
28383 \begin_layout Subsection
28384 Printing the Nomenclature
28385 \begin_inset Index idx
28388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28389 Nomenclature ! Printing
28397 \begin_layout Standard
28398 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
28400 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28402 \begin_inset space ~
28406 \begin_inset space ~
28409 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28413 A light blue box labeled
28414 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28422 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28425 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
28426 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
28429 \begin_layout Standard
28430 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
28431 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28435 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28439 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
28447 For example, in order to change the name to
28451 , add the following line to the preamble:
28454 \begin_layout Standard
28462 nomname}{List of Symbols}
28465 \begin_layout Standard
28466 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28472 \begin_layout Standard
28473 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
28474 by adding the following line to the preamble:
28477 \begin_layout Standard
28485 nomlabelwidth}{width}
28488 \begin_layout Standard
28491 where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix
28492 \begin_inset space ~
28496 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28498 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
28503 The default value is 1
28504 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28510 \begin_layout Subsection
28511 Nomenclature Program
28512 \begin_inset Index idx
28515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28516 Nomenclature ! Program
28522 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28524 name "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
28531 \begin_layout Standard
28532 LyX uses the program
28536 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, to generate the nomenclature.
28537 LyX's preferences dialog allows you to specify another program or to control
28542 by adding options, see section
28543 \begin_inset space ~
28547 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28549 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
28554 The available options are listed and explained in
28555 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28557 key "nomencl,makeindex"
28564 \begin_layout Section
28566 \begin_inset Index idx
28569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28576 \begin_inset Index idx
28579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28580 Document ! Branches
28586 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28588 name "sec:Branches"
28595 \begin_layout Standard
28596 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
28597 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
28598 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
28599 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
28602 \begin_layout Standard
28603 For these cases LyX allows you to put text into branches.
28604 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
28605 To create a branch, either select the menu
28607 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28608 Branch\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28611 (if you just want to specify a new branch) or go in the
28613 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28620 , where you can specify and change the name of the branch, its activation
28621 state (whether the content of the branch is shown in the output or not),
28622 its background color inside LyX and whether the name of the branch should
28623 be appended to the document file name on export if the branch is active
28624 (see below for an example).
28625 Furthermore, the dialog lets you merge two branches (just rename one branch
28626 to the name of the other) and to add
28627 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28631 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28635 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28639 \begin_inset space ~
28642 branches that were added to the document via copy and paste from other documents
28643 , without having being defined) to the document's branch list.
28646 \begin_layout Standard
28647 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
28648 These boxes are inserted via the menu
28650 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28653 where you can choose a branch.
28654 You can later change the activation state of the branch by right-clicking
28658 \begin_layout Standard
28659 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
28660 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
28663 \begin_layout Standard
28664 \begin_inset Branch Question
28667 \begin_layout Standard
28668 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
28676 \begin_layout Standard
28677 \begin_inset Branch Answer
28680 \begin_layout Standard
28681 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
28689 \begin_layout Standard
28696 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28697 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28700 , the name of the active branches will be appended to the file name at export.
28701 Consider for example a file
28702 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28706 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28709 which has the above branches.
28711 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28715 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28718 is active, the PDF export file would be called
28719 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28723 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28727 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28731 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28735 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28739 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28742 branch were inactive,
28743 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28747 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28751 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28755 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28758 branch was active, likewise
28759 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28763 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28767 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28771 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28774 branch was active, and
28775 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28778 Exam-Question-Answer.pdf
28779 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28782 if both branches were active.
28783 This helps you to easily export different versions of your document without
28787 \begin_layout Standard
28788 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28794 \begin_layout Standard
28795 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
28796 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
28798 For example you can define for the question branch
28802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28803 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
28804 \begin_inset space ~
28808 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28810 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
28822 \begin_layout Standard
28832 \begin_layout Standard
28842 \begin_layout Standard
28843 and for the answer branch
28846 \begin_layout Standard
28856 \begin_layout Standard
28866 \begin_layout Standard
28867 \begin_inset Branch Question
28870 \begin_layout Standard
28874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28902 \begin_layout Standard
28903 \begin_inset Branch Answer
28906 \begin_layout Standard
28910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28938 \begin_layout Standard
28939 Now it is possible to use the commands
28943 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
28950 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
28953 to obtain conditional output.
28954 Here is an example formula where only the
28961 \begin_inset Formula
28963 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.
28971 \begin_layout Standard
28972 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see the
28980 \begin_layout Section
28982 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28984 name "sec:PDF-Properties"
28989 \begin_inset Index idx
28992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29001 \begin_layout Standard
29006 dialog allows you in the
29010 to set up special options for the PDF output of your document.
29011 All options there are provided by the LaTeX-package
29016 \begin_inset Index idx
29019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29020 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
29028 \begin_layout Standard
29033 will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output.
29034 This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a
29035 table of contents entry or on a reference and he is shown the referenced
29037 You can specify in the dialog tab
29041 how the links will look like and if links for bibliographical backreferences
29043 The backreferences will appear in the bibliography behind the different
29044 entries, showing the number of the section, slide, or page where the entry
29048 \begin_layout Standard
29053 you can set if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of your
29054 document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document.
29055 You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections
29057 With the open bookmarks level you can specify what sectioning level should
29058 be displayed in the bookmarks when opening the PDF.
29060 \begin_inset space ~
29063 2 will display all sections and subsections, while level
29064 \begin_inset space ~
29067 1 will only display the sections.
29070 \begin_layout Standard
29071 The header information in the dialog tab
29075 are saved together with the PDF as file properties.
29076 Many programs are able to extract this information to e.
29077 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29081 \begin_inset space \space{}
29084 automatically recognize who the author is and what the PDF is about.
29085 This is very useful to sort, classify, or use PDFs for bibliography issues.
29088 Automatic fill header
29090 is set, LyX tries to extract the header information from your document
29091 title and author settings.
29094 \begin_layout Standard
29097 Load in fullscreen mode
29099 will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations.
29102 \begin_layout Standard
29103 PDF properties are also used in this document.
29104 When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional
29110 For an explanation of them we refer you to the hyperref manual
29111 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29120 \begin_layout Section
29121 TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
29122 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29124 name "sec:TeX-Code"
29131 \begin_layout Subsection
29133 \begin_inset Index idx
29136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29143 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29145 name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
29152 \begin_layout Standard
29153 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
29154 constructs, but not all.
29155 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
29156 All the time packages are being updated and new ones added.
29157 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
29158 is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
29159 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
29163 \begin_layout Standard
29164 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
29166 A TeX Code box is created by the menu
29168 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29170 \begin_inset space ~
29175 or by the toolbar button
29182 The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
29186 \begin_layout Standard
29187 You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
29188 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
29189 For example, if you want to draw a frame around a word and are therefore
29190 using the LaTeX-command
29196 , you can write the command part
29202 in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
29206 in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
29207 The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
29208 the following example:
29211 \begin_layout Standard
29212 \begin_inset Graphics
29213 filename clipart/ERT.png
29221 \begin_layout Standard
29225 \begin_layout Standard
29226 This is a line with a
29230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29253 \begin_layout Standard
29254 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
29257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29262 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
29263 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
29271 \begin_layout Subsection
29272 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
29273 \begin_inset Argument
29276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29283 \begin_inset Index idx
29286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29293 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29295 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
29302 \begin_layout Standard
29303 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
29304 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
29305 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
29306 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29310 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29314 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
29315 any time if you know the right commands.
29317 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29321 \begin_inset space \space{}
29324 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is the
29326 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
29327 all caption labels bold.
29328 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
29330 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels manually in one
29334 \begin_layout Standard
29335 Now LaTeX comes into play.
29336 As mentioned above, for every problem there exists a LaTeX-package.
29337 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
29339 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29348 \begin_layout Standard
29349 As result you know that the package
29354 \begin_inset Index idx
29357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29358 LaTeX-packages ! caption
29364 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
29366 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29372 \begin_layout Standard
29377 usepackage[options]{package name}
29380 \begin_layout Standard
29381 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
29382 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
29383 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
29386 \begin_layout Standard
29387 In your case the package name is
29392 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
29397 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
29398 So you add the command
29401 \begin_layout Standard
29406 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
29409 \begin_layout Standard
29410 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
29414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29415 For more commands provided by the
29419 package, have a look at its documentation,
29420 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29434 \begin_layout Standard
29435 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
29437 For example if you use a
29441 class, you don't need the package
29445 , you can instead write
29448 \begin_layout Standard
29453 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
29458 \begin_layout Standard
29459 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
29460 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
29461 documentation of the document class you want to use.
29468 is an example of a command with more than one argument.)
29471 \begin_layout Standard
29472 Commands in the preamble affect the whole document, while commands in the
29473 text affect only the text after the command or only the text used as command
29475 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
29476 the previous section.
29479 \begin_layout Standard
29480 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
29482 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29484 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
29491 \begin_layout Standard
29492 \begin_inset Newpage cleardoublepage
29498 \begin_layout Standard
29502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29512 \begin_inset Note Note
29515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29516 switches temporarily to a page style with custom header and footer line
29524 \begin_layout Left Header
29525 \begin_inset Argument
29528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29548 \begin_inset Note Note
29551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29552 defines the header line as described below
29560 \begin_layout Center Header
29561 \begin_inset Argument
29564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29573 \begin_layout Right Header
29574 \begin_inset Argument
29577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29598 \begin_layout Left Footer
29599 \begin_inset Argument
29602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29623 \begin_layout Center Footer
29624 \begin_inset Argument
29627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29638 \begin_inset Newline newline
29642 \begin_inset Formula $\Upsilon=\frac{\sqrt[3]{\aleph}}{\spadesuit}$
29648 \begin_layout Right Footer
29649 \begin_inset Argument
29652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29674 \begin_layout Section
29675 Customized Page Headers and Footers
29676 \begin_inset Index idx
29679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29680 Document ! Header/Footer line
29686 \begin_inset Index idx
29689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29698 \begin_layout Standard
29699 To define custom page header and footer line for your document, you need
29700 to set the headings style to
29706 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29712 \begin_inset space ~
29718 As second step add in the menu
29720 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29721 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29725 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29728 Custom Header/Footerlines
29729 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29733 This module offers the 6
29734 \begin_inset space ~
29740 \begin_layout Description
29742 \begin_inset space ~
29746 \begin_inset space ~
29750 \begin_inset space ~
29754 \begin_inset space ~
29758 \begin_inset space ~
29764 \begin_layout Description
29766 \begin_inset space ~
29770 \begin_inset space ~
29774 \begin_inset space ~
29778 \begin_inset space ~
29782 \begin_inset space ~
29788 \begin_layout Standard
29789 for the different positions in the header/footer.
29792 \begin_layout Standard
29793 Normally, headers and footers are set up in the beginning of the document.
29794 but you can change them anywhere you want to.
29796 \begin_inset space ~
29800 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29802 reference "fig:Page-layout"
29806 shows the page layout and where the header/footer styles will appear.
29809 \begin_layout Standard
29810 \begin_inset Float figure
29816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29819 \begin_inset Tabular
29820 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
29821 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
29822 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="30line%">
29823 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="30line%">
29824 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="30line%">
29826 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29835 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
29838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29844 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29855 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29864 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29873 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29884 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none" width="90line%">
29887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29888 The normal text on the page goes here.
29889 The running header is above thel text, and the footer is below (including
29891 Headers/footers typically contain things like the page number, title of
29892 the chapter, company logo but your can use almost anything, except of floats.
29897 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29906 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29917 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29935 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29946 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29955 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
29958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29964 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29982 \begin_inset Caption
29984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29985 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29987 name "fig:Page-layout"
29991 Page layout with custom header and footer line.
30004 \begin_layout Subsection
30008 \begin_layout Standard
30009 To define your header line, add all 3
30010 \begin_inset space ~
30014 The things you add to the styles appear on uneven pages, the things in
30015 the optional arguments on even pages.
30016 For single-sided documents, the optional arguments will not be used and
30018 If you leave a style or its argument empty, nothing appears in the output.
30019 Defining the footer line works similar.
30022 \begin_layout Standard
30023 For the definition, you will need some LaTeX-commands that are inserted
30026 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30039 \begin_inset space ~
30047 \begin_layout Description
30050 thepage prints the current page number
30053 \begin_layout Description
30056 Roman{page} prints the current page number with capital roman numerals
30059 \begin_layout Description
30062 roman{page} prints the current page number with small roman numerals
30065 \begin_layout Description
30068 leftmark prints the current section number and title.
30069 If the document has chapters, it prints the current chapter number and
30072 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30076 \begin_inset Quotes prd
30079 because it usually goes in a left header.
30082 \begin_layout Description
30085 rightmark prints the current subsection number and title.
30086 If the document has chapters, it prints the current section number and
30088 It is normally used in the right header.
30091 \begin_layout Subsection
30092 Default header/footer
30095 \begin_layout Standard
30096 The custom header/footer is not empty by default.
30097 The default header contains the chapter and section title and the center
30098 footer has the page number.
30099 In order to remove unwanted entries from the header/footer, include the
30100 relevant header/footer style in your document, but leave it blank.
30101 So, if you do not want a page number in the footer, include a blank
30104 \begin_inset space ~
30112 \begin_layout Subsection
30116 \begin_layout Standard
30117 The header and footer will appear on normal pages.
30118 Some pages are different.
30119 The title page has a style of its own, and so has any page that starts
30120 a new part or chapter in your book.
30121 Such pages will not have the custom headers/footers, but that is normal.
30122 There is for example no need to print a header with the chapter name on
30123 the chapter page where the chapter heading is in big bold letters anyway.
30126 \begin_layout Subsubsection
30127 Header and footer decoration line
30130 \begin_layout Standard
30131 By default, you get a 0.4
30132 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30135 pt thick line below the header and no footer line.
30136 This can be changed in the document preamble with the commands
30148 in the following scheme:
30151 \begin_layout Standard
30158 headrulewidth}{thickness}
30161 \begin_layout Standard
30162 Where thickness is a size in standard units like
30171 If you don't want a line, set the thickness to 0
30172 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30178 \begin_layout Standard
30179 The lines can also be colored, but this requires more knowledge of LaTeX.
30180 If you really need this, have a look in the Internet or in sec.
30181 \begin_inset space ~
30185 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
30194 \begin_layout Subsubsection
30195 Several header/footer lines
30198 \begin_layout Standard
30199 In case that you need more than one text line as a header/footer, you can
30200 do this by adding a normal line break in the style definition.
30201 However, the default height of the header/footer is only the one of one
30203 To expand the height, redefine the LaTeX length
30215 in this scheme in your document preamble:
30218 \begin_layout Standard
30225 headheight}{height}
30228 \begin_layout Standard
30229 Where height is a size in standard units.
30230 If you don't know which amount of space is needed for the height, define
30231 your header/footer and preview your document as PDF.
30232 Then open the LaTeX logfile via the menu
30234 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30248 and look via the button
30251 \begin_inset space ~
30256 if you find a warning of the package
30261 \begin_inset Index idx
30264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30265 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
30271 If there is such a warning, it contains the space that you need at least
30272 for your header/footer.
30275 \begin_layout Subsection
30279 \begin_layout Standard
30280 This example demonstrates what can be done with custom header/footers.
30281 Don't use it for yor document as it is just an example.
30282 This example consists of the following definition:
30285 \begin_layout Description
30287 \begin_inset space ~
30296 , empty optional argument
30299 \begin_layout Description
30301 \begin_inset space ~
30304 Header empty, empty optional argument
30307 \begin_layout Description
30309 \begin_inset space ~
30318 in the optional argument
30321 \begin_layout Description
30323 \begin_inset space ~
30332 in the optional argument
30335 \begin_layout Description
30337 \begin_inset space ~
30349 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30353 \begin_inset Newline newline
30357 \begin_inset Formula $\Upsilon=\frac{\sqrt[3]{\aleph}}{\spadesuit}$
30361 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30364 in the optional argument
30367 \begin_layout Description
30369 \begin_inset space ~
30378 , empty optional argument
30381 \begin_layout Description
30384 headrulewidth set to 2
30385 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30391 \begin_layout Standard
30392 In principle you can use almost everything in headers/footers, except of
30394 For more special things like e.
30395 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30399 \begin_inset space ~
30402 thumb-indexes, see the manual of the
30407 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
30416 \begin_layout Standard
30417 \begin_inset Newpage clearpage
30423 \begin_layout Standard
30427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30431 pagestyle{headings}
30437 \begin_inset Note Note
30440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30441 switches back to page style with the default headings
30449 \begin_layout Section
30450 Previewing Snippets of your Document
30451 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30453 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
30458 \begin_inset Index idx
30461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30468 \begin_inset Index idx
30471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30480 \begin_layout Standard
30481 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
30482 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
30483 to break your train of thought with
30485 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30491 \begin_layout Standard
30492 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
30493 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
30498 \begin_inset Index idx
30501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30502 LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
30507 as explained below, and turn on
30510 \begin_inset space ~
30517 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30521 \begin_inset space ~
30525 \begin_inset space ~
30528 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30533 \begin_inset space ~
30538 is the multiplication factor for the size.
30541 \begin_layout Standard
30542 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
30544 Previews of an already loaded document are
30548 generated just by selecting the
30551 \begin_inset space ~
30556 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
30559 \begin_layout Standard
30560 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
30561 It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
30564 \begin_inset space ~
30569 check box in the insert dialog.
30570 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
30574 \begin_layout Standard
30575 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
30579 (on some systems named simply
30584 If it is not already installed, you will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
30586 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
30592 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
30593 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
30601 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
30605 \begin_layout Standard
30606 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
30612 \begin_layout Standard
30613 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
30617 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30619 \begin_inset space ~
30624 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
30625 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
30627 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
30628 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
30629 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
30630 the source view window.
30633 \begin_layout Section
30634 Advanced Find and Replace
30635 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30637 name "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
30642 \begin_inset Index idx
30645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30652 \begin_inset Index idx
30655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30664 \begin_layout Subsection
30668 \begin_layout Standard
30669 The advanced find and replace feature of LyX allows for searching of complex,
30670 format-sensitive text segments and mathematics contents within LyX documents.
30671 It is an enhancement of the standard (quick) find and replace feature.
30672 The key-features are:
30675 \begin_layout Itemize
30676 Both searching of text and of mathematical formulas is allowed, where the
30677 latter is done by entering mathematics in the usual way; not only entire
30678 mathematical formulas are found, but also parts occurring within more complex
30682 \begin_layout Itemize
30683 Search may be format-insensitive, so that the searched text is found in
30684 any context/style (standard text, section headings, notes, and even mathematics
30685 ), or it may be format-sensitive, so that, for example, a word entered with
30686 a section heading will only be found within section headings
30689 \begin_layout Itemize
30690 Search may be widened to a specific
30695 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30699 \begin_inset space ~
30702 a set of files which may be all the children of the document being edited,
30703 all the open files, or all the manuals available from the
30710 \begin_layout Itemize
30711 Replace may optionally preserve capitalization, so that the replaced text
30712 capitalization is adapted to the matching text (i.
30713 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30717 \begin_inset space ~
30720 all lowercase, all uppercase, first uppercase followed by lowercase)
30723 \begin_layout Subsection
30727 \begin_layout Standard
30728 The advanced find and replace feature of LyX is activated through the menu
30731 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30744 arg "dialog-show findreplaceadv"
30747 ) or the toolbar button
30750 arg "dialog-toggle findreplaceadv"
30756 Advanced Find and Replace
30761 \begin_layout Subsubsection
30765 \begin_layout Standard
30770 LyX mini-editor a simple word, and search for occurrences of it by clicking
30775 button at the bottom of the dialog (or just press the
30780 The entered word is found both in text mode and in math mode, and in emphasized
30781 , bold or normal face, and in both in section titles and in standard text.
30782 Pressing repeatedly
30786 keeps searching forward.
30787 Similarly, pressing
30791 searches for the entered text backwards.
30794 \begin_layout Standard
30795 While searching, the
30799 option allows matches to occur only with the same case as entered in the
30809 option allows matches to occur only at word boundaries.
30812 \begin_layout Subsubsection
30813 Searching for mathematics
30816 \begin_layout Standard
30817 Mathematical formulas may be searched for by typing in the
30821 editor a mathematical formula, such as
30822 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
30825 or also something more complex like
30826 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}$
30830 When searching for a formula, it is found both when it is alone and when
30831 it occurs in sub-formulas and nested parts of sub-formulas, for example
30832 the mentioned segments would be found in something like
30833 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{\sqrt{\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}}}.$
30839 \begin_layout Subsubsection
30843 \begin_layout Standard
30844 It is also possible to search for text with specific styles.
30845 This is done by switching to the
30849 tab of the dialog and unchecking the
30854 This way, entering in the
30861 \begin_layout Itemize
30862 a plain word and searching for it would not find instances of the word occurring
30863 in emphasized or boldface.
30866 \begin_layout Itemize
30867 an emphasized or boldface word and searching for it would find the respective
30868 instances with same face only, and within the same text style only.
30869 Note that, for example, an emphasized text is found not only when occurring
30870 alone, but also when it is contained in a longer emphasized sentence.
30873 \begin_layout Itemize
30874 a plain word in a section heading, and searching for it, finds occurrences
30875 of if only within section headings.
30876 Also, if the text to search is given an emphasized or bold face, in addition
30877 to a section style, then it is found only when occurring with the same
30881 \begin_layout Itemize
30882 some mathematics in a displayed formula will only find instances of this
30883 formula that are also displayed formulas (and not inline formulas).
30886 \begin_layout Subsubsection
30890 \begin_layout Standard
30891 The text segments matching the text entered in the
30895 editor may be replaced with the text segments entered in the
30903 In order to find the next occurrence and replace it, click on the
30907 button or alternatively
30929 \begin_layout Standard
30930 You can replace full-featured formatted LyX segments in place of the matching
30931 text segments in your document.
30932 Typical scenarios in which to use this capability may be (just to mention
30936 \begin_layout Itemize
30937 replacing occurrences of a word with a customized formatted version of the
30938 same word, for example replacing occurrences of a name like
30939 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30943 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30946 with its typewriter version
30949 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30953 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30959 \begin_layout Itemize
30960 performing a notation rework of mathematical symbols, for example replacing
30962 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30966 \begin_inset Formula $R$
30970 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30974 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30978 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbb{R}$
30982 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30985 (you may want to enable the
30993 options and disable the
31001 tab, in order to avoid replacing all
31002 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31006 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31009 letters occurring in normal text), or occurrences of
31010 \begin_inset Formula $x_{j}^{i}$
31014 \begin_inset Formula $x_{i,\, j}$
31017 , or occurrences of
31018 \begin_inset Formula $x[k]$
31022 \begin_inset Formula $x_{k}$
31028 \begin_layout Subsection
31032 \begin_layout Standard
31033 There is a regular expression (regexp) based searching facility.
31037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31038 A good explanation of regular expressions is given in this Wikipedia entry:
31040 \begin_inset CommandInset href
31042 target "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression"
31051 You can search for regular expression by inserting a regexp inset into
31057 This is done via the menu
31059 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31060 Insert Regular Expression
31062 while the cursor is in the
31067 Characters entered within regexp insets are matched according to the regular
31068 expression matching rules
31072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31073 Under the constraint that any (sub)expression must match a well-formed LyX
31075 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31079 \begin_inset space ~
31082 when matching LaTeX code, no segments with unbalanced {} braces are allowed
31083 to match expressions.
31088 , while text entered outside regexp insets is matched exactly against the
31089 same text in the document.
31090 Note that it is allowed to cut and paste regexp-mode insets as usual.
31091 Examples of using such a feature may be:
31094 \begin_layout Enumerate
31095 Searching for all fractions with a given denominator: for example, entering
31100 editor the fraction
31101 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{.*}{1+x^{2}}$
31105 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
31108 on the numerator is the match-everything regular expression) finds all
31109 fractions with the given denominator.
31112 \begin_layout Enumerate
31113 Searching for all text with a given style: for example, after unchecking
31125 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
31130 regular expression and adding for it an emphasized or bold face, finds
31131 all emphasized and bold face text, respectively.
31133 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
31136 regular expression in a bullet or enumerated list or a section heading,
31137 you can find all bullet or enumerated lists or section headings.
31140 \begin_layout Standard
31141 Finally, references to (sub)expressions in regexp may be used as usual,
31142 enclosing parts of the expression within round braces
31143 \begin_inset Formula $()$
31146 , and referring back to them through
31147 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$
31151 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash2$
31155 For example, try searching for the regexp
31156 \begin_inset Formula $([a-z]+)[[:blank:]]\backslash1$
31159 in order to find word repetitions, if there are any.
31162 \begin_layout Standard
31163 Note that back references work both when occurring within the same regexp,
31164 and when occurring in multiple different regexps, where the numbering of
31165 back-referenced sub-expressions is absolute, i.
31166 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31170 \begin_inset space ~
31174 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$
31177 always refers to the first occurrence of
31178 \begin_inset Formula $()$
31181 in all entered regexps.
31184 \begin_layout Standard
31185 Note also that the use of back references in the replaced text is not (yet)
31189 \begin_layout Section
31191 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31193 name "sec:Spellchecking"
31198 \begin_inset Index idx
31201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31210 \begin_layout Standard
31211 LyX has a built-in spell checker.
31214 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31221 or the toolbar button
31224 arg "dialog-show spellchecker"
31227 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
31228 A sidebar will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found, allowing
31229 you to edit and replace it in a second line.
31230 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
31231 scrolled so that it is visible.
31232 In the spellchecker sidebar, there is a box showing suggestions for a correctio
31233 n, if any could be found.
31234 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
31238 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
31239 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
31242 \begin_layout Standard
31243 By default, the dictionary file used is determined by the document language
31246 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31250 You can specify the language of a word in the spellchecker dialog by choosing
31251 a different one at the top of the dialog.
31252 LyX can correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
31253 This work if you have marked the different languages appropriately and
31254 have the spell checker dictionaries installed.
31255 LyX automatically switches to the appropriate dictionary file.
31258 \begin_layout Subsection
31262 \begin_layout Standard
31263 In LyX's preferences dialog under
31266 \begin_inset space ~
31269 Setting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31272 you can set the following things:
31275 \begin_layout Description
31277 \begin_inset space ~
31280 engine Select the library LyX should use for spell checking.
31281 Depending on your platform,
31295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31296 Enchant itself is a wrapper library having different configurable back-ends.
31297 Please consult the documentation or man-page of it to learn more.
31312 \begin_layout Description
31314 \begin_inset space ~
31317 language If this field is not empty, LyX will always use the given language
31318 for the spell checking, no matter what the document language is.
31321 \begin_layout Description
31323 \begin_inset space ~
31326 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
31328 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31332 \begin_inset space \space{}
31336 This should normally not be needed.
31339 \begin_layout Description
31341 \begin_inset space ~
31345 \begin_inset space ~
31348 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
31350 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31354 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31360 \begin_layout Description
31362 \begin_inset space ~
31365 continously Check the spelling of your document as you type it.
31366 Misspelled words gets underlined with a dotted red line.
31367 By right-clicking on an underlined word, the suggestions by the spell appear
31368 in the context menu.
31369 Choosing one of them will replace the misspelled word with the suggested
31373 \begin_layout Description
31375 \begin_inset space ~
31379 \begin_inset space ~
31383 \begin_inset space ~
31386 comments If enabled, the spelling of non-printed document contents is checked
31390 \begin_layout Section
31392 \begin_inset Index idx
31395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31402 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31404 name "sec:Thesaurus"
31411 \begin_layout Standard
31412 LyX provides a multilingual thesaurus.
31413 It uses the same thesaurus framework as OpenOffice and Firefox (namely
31422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31423 \begin_inset CommandInset href
31425 target "http://lingucomponent.openoffice.org/thesaurus.html"
31434 thesaurus library, which is included in LyX).
31435 Therefore, LyX can directly access OpenOffice thesaurus dictionaries, which
31436 are available for many languages.
31439 \begin_layout Standard
31440 This section describes how new dictionaries are installed and set up for
31444 \begin_layout Subsection
31445 Setting up the thesaurus
31448 \begin_layout Standard
31453 OpenOffice thesauri consist of two files per language: A file with the suffix
31458 containing the data and an index file with the suffix
31463 The standardized file names include the language code for the given language
31465 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31469 en_EN for English).
31470 For instance, the English files are named:
31473 \begin_layout Itemize
31477 \begin_layout Itemize
31481 \begin_layout Standard
31482 If you have OpenOffice and its thesaurus installed, these files should be
31483 already on your system.
31484 If not, you can get dictionaries either from
31485 \begin_inset Flex URL
31488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31490 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/dictionaries/trunk/thes
31496 \begin_inset Flex URL
31499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31501 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org
31510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31511 Note that, as of OpenOffice 3.0, the files on
31512 \begin_inset Flex URL
31515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31517 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org
31522 are usually packed in extension archives (
31526 ) that contain other files such as spellchecker dictionaries besides the
31528 These archives are simple zip files, so you can unpack them as you would
31529 unpack a zip archive.
31542 files of all languages you want to use into one directory (do not use subfolder
31543 s), and specify the path to this directory in
31545 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31546 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31550 Now the thesaurus should be ready to use.
31553 \begin_layout Subsection
31554 Using the thesaurus
31557 \begin_layout Standard
31558 To start the thesaurus, use the menu
31560 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31563 or the toolbar button
31566 arg "thesaurus-entry"
31569 while the cursor is at the word you want to look up or while a word is
31571 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
31573 The proposals are grouped into categories.
31574 Note that the thesaurus does not only show synonyms, but also hyperonyms
31575 and hyponyms (such as
31583 ), compounds (such as
31587 ) and antonyms (such as
31595 ), which are marked as such.
31598 \begin_layout Standard
31599 The language is automatically chosen from the language at the cursor, but
31600 you can also switch it in the dialog, as you can enter new words to look
31604 \begin_layout Standard
31605 Note that the thesaurus cannot handle phrases (only compounds that are in
31606 the dictionary, such as the above
31610 ), and you have to use the so called lemma form, i.
31611 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31615 the form that is used in the dictionaries (for many languages: first person
31616 singular indicative active for nouns, infinitive for verbs).
31617 For example looking up the word forms
31625 yields no results, while results are shown for the word form
31630 Your best bet is to highlight only the relevant parts of such word (e.
31631 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31643 s), then you get proposals without adjusting the query in the dialog, and
31644 also the replacement will probably be correct (as only the highlighted
31645 part will be replaced, thus the ending remains).
31648 \begin_layout Section
31650 \begin_inset Index idx
31653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31660 \begin_inset Index idx
31663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31664 Document ! Change Tracking
31670 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31672 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
31679 \begin_layout Standard
31680 When you work on a document collaboratively it is extremely useful to be
31681 able to see changes that others have made highlighted in the document.
31682 You can then decide if you want to accept a change or not.
31683 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
31685 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31687 \begin_inset space ~
31690 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31692 \begin_inset space ~
31700 \begin_layout Standard
31701 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by strokes and colors:
31715 The color depends on the author that made the change.
31716 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
31719 \begin_inset space ~
31723 \begin_inset space ~
31733 \begin_inset Index idx
31736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31737 Color ! Change tracking
31742 The author and the date of the change are shown in LyX's status bar when
31743 the cursor is in changed text.
31744 The same information is shown when you use the toolbar button
31747 arg "changes-merge"
31753 \begin_layout Standard
31754 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
31755 \begin_inset Index idx
31758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31767 \begin_layout Standard
31768 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
31774 \begin_layout Standard
31775 \begin_inset Graphics
31776 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
31784 \begin_layout Standard
31785 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
31791 \begin_layout Standard
31792 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
31796 \begin_layout Standard
31797 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
31803 \begin_layout Standard
31804 \begin_inset Tabular
31805 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
31806 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
31807 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
31808 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
31809 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31818 arg "changes-track"
31826 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31832 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31834 \begin_inset space ~
31837 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31839 \begin_inset space ~
31848 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31849 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31857 arg "changes-output"
31865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31871 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31873 \begin_inset space ~
31876 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31878 \begin_inset space ~
31882 \begin_inset space ~
31886 \begin_inset space ~
31895 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31912 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31916 Jumps to the next change
31922 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31931 arg "change-accept"
31939 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31945 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31947 \begin_inset space ~
31950 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31952 \begin_inset space ~
31961 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31962 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31970 arg "change-reject"
31978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31984 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31986 \begin_inset space ~
31989 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31991 \begin_inset space ~
32000 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32001 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32009 arg "changes-merge"
32017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32023 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32025 \begin_inset space ~
32028 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32030 \begin_inset space ~
32039 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32048 arg "all-changes-accept"
32056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32062 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32064 \begin_inset space ~
32067 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32069 \begin_inset space ~
32073 \begin_inset space ~
32082 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32091 arg "all-changes-reject"
32099 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32105 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32107 \begin_inset space ~
32110 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32112 \begin_inset space ~
32116 \begin_inset space ~
32125 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32148 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32149 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32151 \begin_inset space ~
32160 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32183 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32185 \begin_inset space ~
32201 \begin_layout Standard
32202 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
32208 \begin_layout Standard
32209 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes – highlight
32210 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
32211 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you information about
32212 the next change after the current cursor position.
32213 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
32214 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
32215 step to the next change.
32216 This way you can jump through all the changes in the document.
32219 \begin_layout Standard
32220 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
32221 to describe a change.
32224 \begin_layout Standard
32225 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
32230 \begin_inset Index idx
32233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32234 LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
32240 You will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
32241 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
32247 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
32250 \begin_layout Section
32251 International Support
32252 \begin_inset Index idx
32255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32256 International support
32264 \begin_layout Standard
32265 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
32266 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
32267 how to set up LyX to use them:
32268 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
32270 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
32277 \begin_layout Standard
32278 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
32279 \begin_inset space ~
32283 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32285 reference "sub:Special-Character"
32292 \begin_layout Subsection
32294 \begin_inset Index idx
32297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32304 \begin_inset Index idx
32307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32308 Document ! Settings
32314 \begin_inset Index idx
32317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32318 Document ! Language
32326 \begin_layout Standard
32329 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32332 dialog lets you set
32334 the language and character encoding for your language.
32338 \begin_layout Standard
32339 Choose your language in the
32343 section of this dialog.
32351 \begin_layout Standard
32356 you can choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX export.
32361 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
32362 For details about the different encoding options see section
32363 \begin_inset space ~
32367 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32369 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
32376 \begin_layout Subsection
32377 Keyboard mapping configuration
32378 \begin_inset CommandInset label
32380 name "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
32387 \begin_layout Standard
32388 If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a language
32389 other than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
32390 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
32391 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
32392 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
32394 \begin_inset space ~
32398 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32400 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
32405 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
32406 which one you want to use.
32409 \begin_layout Standard
32410 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
32411 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
32412 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
32413 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
32414 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
32415 one to support the characters you want.
32416 This and many other customizations are explained in the
32423 \begin_layout Subsection
32427 \begin_layout Standard
32429 \begin_inset space ~
32433 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32435 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
32444 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
32448 \begin_layout Standard
32449 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
32450 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
32458 \begin_layout Itemize
32459 Even if you have selected
32465 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32468 dialog, users who have only the
32472 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
32476 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
32477 DE, FE, AB, and BB – the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
32478 french quotes won't show up.
32481 \begin_layout Standard
32482 \begin_inset Float table
32487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32488 \begin_inset Caption
32490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32491 \begin_inset CommandInset label
32493 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
32509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32511 \begin_inset Tabular
32512 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
32513 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
32514 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32515 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32516 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32517 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32518 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32519 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32520 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32521 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32522 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32523 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32524 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32525 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32526 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32527 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32528 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32529 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32530 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32532 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32541 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32559 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32631 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32667 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32685 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32703 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32721 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32739 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32757 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32775 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32831 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32849 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32858 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32867 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32910 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32927 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32961 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32979 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33005 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33022 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33039 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33162 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33265 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33282 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33316 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33335 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33383 \begin_inset Quotes eld
33391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33442 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33459 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33476 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33520 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33643 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33660 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33677 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33694 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33746 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33780 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33797 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33831 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33850 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33903 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33920 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33937 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33954 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34049 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34066 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34120 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34129 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34138 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34249 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34267 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34284 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34301 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34335 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34354 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34424 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34441 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34510 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34519 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34536 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34553 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34570 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34587 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34642 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34753 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34779 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34796 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34813 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34830 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34847 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34884 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34902 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34919 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35013 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35022 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35039 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35073 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35090 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35162 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35230 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35247 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35264 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35273 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35282 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35316 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35333 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35367 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35386 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35456 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35473 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35490 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35507 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35524 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35542 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35559 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35664 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35673 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35682 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35716 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35750 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35767 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35784 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35853 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35870 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35887 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35906 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35924 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35933 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35942 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35993 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36012 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36029 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36132 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36149 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36204 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36221 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36272 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36333 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36367 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36456 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36473 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36490 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36507 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36524 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36541 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36558 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36567 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36661 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36698 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36707 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36716 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36750 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36767 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36784 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36801 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36862 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36879 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36913 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36943 \begin_layout Standard
36944 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
36946 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
36947 also the characters from
36959 \begin_layout Itemize
36968 \begin_layout Standard
36969 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
36970 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36976 \begin_layout Standard
36977 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
36978 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36984 \begin_layout Standard
36985 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
36986 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36992 \begin_layout Standard
36993 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
36994 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37000 \begin_layout Standard
37002 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37008 \begin_layout Standard
37010 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37016 \begin_layout Standard
37018 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37025 \begin_layout Itemize
37038 \begin_layout Standard
37040 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37046 \begin_layout Standard
37048 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37054 \begin_layout Standard
37056 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37062 \begin_layout Standard
37064 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37070 \begin_layout Standard
37072 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37078 \begin_layout Standard
37080 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37087 \begin_layout Standard
37088 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
37089 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
37090 Also make sure you're using the
37097 \begin_layout Chapter
37100 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37102 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
37109 \begin_layout Standard
37110 This appendix lists all the available menus and describes their functionality.
37111 It is designed as a quick reference if you are searching for a special
37112 topic inside the user's guide.
37115 \begin_layout Section
37117 \begin_inset Index idx
37120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37129 \begin_layout Standard
37134 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
37135 At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
37138 \begin_layout Subsection
37142 \begin_layout Standard
37143 Creates a new document.
37146 \begin_layout Subsection
37150 \begin_layout Standard
37151 This menu entry prompts you for a template to use.
37152 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
37153 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
37156 \begin_layout Subsection
37160 \begin_layout Standard
37164 \begin_layout Subsection
37168 \begin_layout Standard
37169 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
37170 Click there on a file to open it.
37173 \begin_layout Subsection
37177 \begin_layout Standard
37178 Closes the current document.
37181 \begin_layout Subsection
37185 \begin_layout Standard
37186 Closes all opened documents.
37189 \begin_layout Subsection
37193 \begin_layout Standard
37194 Saves the actual document.
37197 \begin_layout Subsection
37201 \begin_layout Standard
37202 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
37205 \begin_layout Subsection
37209 \begin_layout Standard
37210 Saves all opened documents.
37213 \begin_layout Subsection
37217 \begin_layout Standard
37218 Reloads the actual document from disk.
37221 \begin_layout Subsection
37225 \begin_layout Standard
37226 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
37227 It is described in the section
37229 Version Control in LyX
37233 Additional Features
37238 \begin_layout Subsection
37242 \begin_layout Standard
37243 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, HTML-files, LaTeX-files,
37244 NoWeb-files, plain text files, and comma separated, table like, text files
37245 (CSV) as a new LyX-document.
37246 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
37249 \begin_layout Standard
37250 When using the menu entry
37253 \begin_inset space ~
37258 , line breaks in the text will start a new paragraph; when using the menu
37262 \begin_inset space ~
37266 \begin_inset space ~
37271 , consecutive lines of text will be imported to one big paragraph.
37272 A new paragraph will begin when there is a blank line in the file.
37275 \begin_layout Subsection
37277 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37286 \begin_layout Standard
37287 You can export your document to various file formats.
37288 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
37289 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
37290 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
37293 \begin_layout Standard
37294 Here is a list of all available entries; some of them are explained in detail
37296 \begin_inset space ~
37300 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37302 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
37309 \begin_layout Description
37313 \begin_inset space ~
37318 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
37320 \begin_inset Newline newline
37323 Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.
37326 \begin_layout Description
37334 \begin_layout Description
37335 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and may not
37339 \begin_layout Description
37341 \begin_inset space ~
37345 \begin_inset space ~
37348 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
37352 ; as a consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and
37360 \begin_layout Description
37367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37375 \begin_inset space ~
37380 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
37381 will be converted to a format that is readable by the
37385 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
37388 \begin_layout Description
37395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37403 \begin_inset space ~
37408 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
37409 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
37417 \begin_layout Description
37419 \begin_inset space ~
37422 1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable by the LyX versions 1.y.x (
37423 \begin_inset Quotes eld
37427 \begin_inset Quotes erd
37430 is replaced by the version number)
37433 \begin_layout Description
37434 LyXHTML HTML-format, using LyX's internal XHTML engine
37437 \begin_layout Description
37438 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
37451 (The OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and may not work in
37455 \begin_layout Description
37459 \begin_inset space ~
37464 PDF-format using the program
37469 \begin_layout Description
37473 \begin_inset space ~
37478 PDF-format using the program
37483 \begin_layout Description
37487 \begin_inset space ~
37492 PDF-format using the program
37497 \begin_layout Description
37501 \begin_inset space ~
37509 \begin_layout Description
37513 \begin_inset space ~
37517 \begin_inset space ~
37522 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
37523 and then exported as text using the program
37528 \begin_layout Description
37533 PostScript format using the program
37538 \begin_layout Description
37546 \begin_layout Standard
37551 produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file.
37552 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
37558 produces PDF-files directly and supports the latest PDF-file formats.
37561 \begin_layout Standard
37562 If one of the menu entries
37569 \begin_inset space ~
37578 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
37579 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
37580 \begin_inset space ~
37584 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37586 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
37591 \begin_inset Index idx
37594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37595 Reconfiguration of LyX
37603 \begin_layout Standard
37608 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
37609 the export program.
37612 \begin_layout Subsection
37616 \begin_layout Standard
37617 With this menu entry you can print your document to a file in PostScript
37618 format or send it to a printer.
37619 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
37620 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
37626 For more information have a look at section
37627 \begin_inset space ~
37631 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37633 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
37640 \begin_layout Subsection
37644 \begin_layout Standard
37645 This menu entry will only appear when you have a fax program installed (on
37646 Windows you additionally need to register its program path to LyX's PATH
37647 prefix, see section
37648 \begin_inset space ~
37652 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37654 reference "sec:Paths"
37659 With this menu entry you can send your document to a fax program like
37668 The default format of the sent file is PostScript.
37669 The format can be changed in LyX's preferences as described in section
37670 \begin_inset space ~
37674 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37676 reference "sub:Converters"
37683 \begin_layout Subsection
37684 New and Close Window
37687 \begin_layout Standard
37688 Opens or closes a new instance of LyX.
37691 \begin_layout Subsection
37695 \begin_layout Standard
37696 Prompts you to save all unsaved documents and then exits.
37699 \begin_layout Section
37701 \begin_inset Index idx
37704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37713 \begin_layout Subsection
37717 \begin_layout Standard
37718 Described in section
37719 \begin_inset space ~
37723 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37725 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
37732 \begin_layout Subsection
37733 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
37736 \begin_layout Standard
37737 Described in section
37738 \begin_inset space ~
37742 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37744 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
37751 \begin_layout Subsection
37755 \begin_layout Standard
37756 Selects the whole document.
37759 \begin_layout Subsection
37763 \begin_layout Standard
37764 Described in section
37765 \begin_inset space ~
37769 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37771 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
37778 \begin_layout Subsection
37779 Move Paragraph Up/Down
37782 \begin_layout Standard
37783 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
37787 \begin_layout Subsection
37791 \begin_layout Standard
37792 Described in section
37793 \begin_inset space ~
37797 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37799 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
37806 \begin_layout Subsection
37808 \begin_inset Index idx
37811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37812 Paragraph ! Settings
37820 \begin_layout Standard
37821 Enables you to set the paragraph alignment, line spacing and label width.
37822 These settings only affect the paragraph in which the cursor is currently.
37825 \begin_layout Standard
37826 You can also prevent the first line of the paragraph being indented if you
37827 have chosen to separate paragraphs with indents in the
37829 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37835 \begin_inset space ~
37843 \begin_layout Subsection
37844 Table Settings and Math
37847 \begin_layout Standard
37848 These two menus are only fully active when the cursor is inside a table
37850 Here you can change the properties of tables and formulas.
37851 The properties of tables are described in section
37852 \begin_inset space ~
37856 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37858 reference "sec:Tables"
37862 , the properties of formulas in chapter
37863 \begin_inset space ~
37867 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37869 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
37876 \begin_layout Subsection
37877 Increase / Decrease List Depth
37880 \begin_layout Standard
37881 These menu entries are only active when the cursor is in an environment
37882 that can be nested.
37883 They increase/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
37884 \begin_inset space ~
37888 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37890 reference "sec:Nesting"
37895 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37897 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
37904 \begin_layout Section
37906 \begin_inset Index idx
37909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37918 \begin_layout Standard
37923 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
37924 document with an external program.
37925 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
37926 — it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
37927 All possible formats are formats listed in section
37928 \begin_inset space ~
37932 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37934 reference "sub:Export"
37939 You should at least see the menu entries
37946 \begin_inset space ~
37952 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
37953 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
37954 \begin_inset space ~
37958 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37960 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
37965 \begin_inset Index idx
37968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37969 Reconfiguration of LyX
37977 \begin_layout Standard
37978 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
37979 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
37980 \begin_inset space ~
37984 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37986 reference "sec:File-Formats"
37991 The default viewers are set by LyX when it is first configured.
37994 \begin_layout Standard
37995 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
37998 At the bottom of the
38002 menu the opened documents are listed.
38005 \begin_layout Subsection
38006 Open/Close all Insets
38009 \begin_layout Standard
38010 Opens/closes all insets in your document.
38013 \begin_layout Subsection
38014 Unfold/Fold Math Macros
38017 \begin_layout Standard
38018 Unfolds/folds the current math macro.
38021 \begin_layout Standard
38022 Math macros are described in the
38029 \begin_layout Subsection
38033 \begin_layout Standard
38034 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
38036 \begin_inset space ~
38040 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38042 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
38049 \begin_layout Subsection
38053 \begin_layout Standard
38054 Opens a window showing console messages.
38055 This is useful for debugging LyX (i.
38056 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38059 e., hunt for errors in the program) or to see what is going on in the background
38060 while LaTeX is processing the document,
38063 \begin_layout Subsection
38067 \begin_layout Standard
38068 This menu entry generates the output you have specified as default output
38069 format either in the preferences (see sec.
38070 \begin_inset space ~
38074 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38076 reference "sec:File-Formats"
38080 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
38081 \begin_inset space ~
38085 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38087 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
38091 ), for instance PDF, and opens it in an appropriate viewer.
38094 \begin_layout Subsection
38095 View (Other Formats)
38098 \begin_layout Standard
38099 With this submenu, you can view your document in alternative output formats.
38102 \begin_layout Subsection
38106 \begin_layout Standard
38107 This menu entry allows you to update the view with your latest changes (in
38108 the default output format as described in the previous section) without
38109 opening a new viewer window.
38112 \begin_layout Subsection
38113 Update (Other Formats)
38116 \begin_layout Standard
38117 With this submenu, you can update the view of alternative output formats
38118 of your document without opening a new viewer window.
38121 \begin_layout Subsection
38122 View Master Document
38125 \begin_layout Standard
38126 This menu item is only visible if your document is included to another document,
38128 \begin_inset Quotes eld
38132 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38143 manual for more information on this topic).
38144 This item allows you to view the master document from within its child.
38145 That is, if you are working on a child document which is a chapter of a
38150 generates the output of the whole book, while
38154 will just output the chapter alone.
38157 \begin_layout Standard
38158 The format used by this function is the default output format as specified
38159 in the preferences (see sec.
38160 \begin_inset space ~
38164 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38166 reference "sec:File-Formats"
38170 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
38171 \begin_inset space ~
38175 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38177 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
38184 \begin_layout Subsection
38185 Update Master Document
38188 \begin_layout Standard
38189 This menu item is only visible if your document is included to another document,
38191 \begin_inset Quotes eld
38195 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38206 manual for more information on this topic).
38207 This item allows you to update the view of a master document from within
38208 its child without the need to switch to the master document itself.
38211 \begin_layout Standard
38212 The format used by this function is the default output format as specified
38213 in the preferences (see sec.
38214 \begin_inset space ~
38218 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38220 reference "sec:File-Formats"
38224 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
38225 \begin_inset space ~
38229 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38231 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
38238 \begin_layout Subsection
38242 \begin_layout Standard
38243 This will split LyX's main window vertically or horizontally.
38244 This allows you to view documents the same time to compare them, or to
38245 view the same document, but at different positions.
38246 You can even split the main window several times to view for example 3
38247 or more documents at the same time.
38248 To return to an unsplit view, use the menu
38255 \begin_layout Subsection
38259 \begin_layout Standard
38260 Closes a split view.
38263 \begin_layout Subsection
38267 \begin_layout Standard
38268 Using this menu entry or pressing F11 removes the menu bar and all toolbars
38269 so that you will see nothing but your text.
38270 It furthermore displays LyX's main window fullscreen.
38271 To return from fullscreen to the normal view, press F11, or right-click
38272 and turn off the fullscreen mode in the context menu.
38275 \begin_layout Subsection
38277 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38279 name "sub:Toolbars"
38284 \begin_inset Index idx
38287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38296 \begin_layout Standard
38297 In this menu entry you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
38298 All toolbars and the
38301 \begin_inset space ~
38306 can be turned on and off.
38311 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
38323 \begin_inset space ~
38332 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
38336 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
38343 \begin_layout Standard
38348 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
38352 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
38353 or when a certain feature is enabled.
38354 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
38355 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
38356 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
38359 \begin_layout Standard
38360 LyX's toolbars and their buttons are explained in section
38361 \begin_inset space ~
38365 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38367 reference "sec:Toolbars"
38374 \begin_layout Section
38376 \begin_inset Index idx
38379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38388 \begin_layout Subsection
38392 \begin_layout Standard
38393 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
38394 \begin_inset space ~
38398 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38400 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
38411 \begin_layout Subsection
38413 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38415 name "sub:Special-Character"
38422 \begin_layout Standard
38423 Here you can insert the following characters:
38426 \begin_layout Description
38427 Symbols Inserts any character that can be output by your LaTeX system.
38428 Therefore the number of character categories in this dialog and the available
38429 characters depend on the LaTeX-packages you have installed.
38430 \begin_inset Newline newline
38434 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
38437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38442 Not all characters will be visible in the
38446 dialog because none of the screen fonts that you can set in the preferences
38448 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38452 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38454 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
38458 ) can display every character.
38466 \begin_layout Description
38467 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
38471 \begin_layout Description
38473 \begin_inset space ~
38477 \begin_inset space ~
38480 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
38481 \begin_inset space ~
38485 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38487 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
38494 \begin_layout Description
38496 \begin_inset space ~
38499 Quote Inserts this quote:
38500 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38503 , no matter what quote type you selected in the
38505 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38515 \begin_layout Description
38517 \begin_inset space ~
38520 Quote Inserts this quote:
38521 \begin_inset Quotes els
38527 \begin_layout Description
38529 \begin_inset space ~
38532 Hyphen Inserts a hyphen that is protected from line breaks: \SpecialChar \nobreakdash-
38536 \begin_layout Description
38538 \begin_inset space ~
38541 Slash Inserts a slash where also a line break can occur: \SpecialChar \slash{}
38545 \begin_layout Description
38547 \begin_inset space ~
38550 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
38554 \begin_layout Description
38556 \begin_inset space ~
38560 \begin_inset Index idx
38563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38570 \begin_inset Index idx
38573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38574 Language ! Phonetic symbols
38579 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
38580 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
38581 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
38586 \begin_inset Index idx
38589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38590 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
38596 \begin_inset Newline newline
38599 For more information about this feature we refer to the documentation of
38603 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
38611 and this Wiki-page:
38612 \begin_inset Newline newline
38616 \begin_inset Flex URL
38619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38621 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
38629 \begin_layout Subsection
38633 \begin_layout Standard
38634 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
38637 \begin_layout Description
38638 Superscript Inserts a superscript: test
38639 \begin_inset Formula $^{\text{a,b}}$
38645 \begin_layout Description
38646 Subscript Inserts a subscript: test
38647 \begin_inset Formula $_{\text{3x}}$
38653 \begin_layout Description
38655 \begin_inset space ~
38658 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
38659 \begin_inset space ~
38663 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38665 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
38672 \begin_layout Description
38674 \begin_inset space ~
38677 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
38678 \begin_inset space ~
38682 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38684 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
38691 \begin_layout Description
38693 \begin_inset space ~
38696 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
38697 \begin_inset space ~
38701 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38703 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
38710 \begin_layout Description
38712 \begin_inset space ~
38715 Space Inserts horizontal space, see section
38716 \begin_inset space ~
38720 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38722 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
38729 \begin_layout Description
38731 \begin_inset space ~
38734 Line Inserts a horizontal line, see section
38735 \begin_inset space ~
38739 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38741 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
38748 \begin_layout Description
38750 \begin_inset space ~
38753 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
38754 \begin_inset space ~
38758 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38760 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
38767 \begin_layout Description
38769 \begin_inset space ~
38772 Point Inserts a hyphenation point, see section
38773 \begin_inset space ~
38777 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38779 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
38786 \begin_layout Description
38788 \begin_inset space ~
38791 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
38792 \begin_inset space ~
38796 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38798 reference "sub:Ligatures"
38805 \begin_layout Description
38807 \begin_inset space ~
38811 \begin_inset space ~
38814 Break Inserts a forced line break, see section
38815 \begin_inset space ~
38819 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38821 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
38828 \begin_layout Description
38830 \begin_inset space ~
38833 Break Inserts a forced line break that furthermore stretches the broken
38834 text line to the page border, see section
38835 \begin_inset space ~
38839 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38841 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
38848 \begin_layout Description
38850 \begin_inset space ~
38853 Page Inserts a forced page break, described in section
38854 \begin_inset space ~
38858 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38860 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
38867 \begin_layout Description
38869 \begin_inset space ~
38872 Break Inserts a forced page break that furthermore stretches the broken
38873 text page to the page border, described in section
38874 \begin_inset space ~
38878 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38880 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
38887 \begin_layout Description
38889 \begin_inset space ~
38892 Page Inserts a clear page break, described in section
38893 \begin_inset space ~
38897 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38899 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
38906 \begin_layout Description
38908 \begin_inset space ~
38912 \begin_inset space ~
38915 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
38916 \begin_inset space ~
38920 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38922 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
38929 \begin_layout Subsection
38933 \begin_layout Standard
38934 Various lists can be inserted with this menu entry.
38935 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
38937 \begin_inset space ~
38941 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38943 reference "sec:toc"
38948 The index list is described in section
38949 \begin_inset space ~
38953 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38955 reference "sec:Index"
38959 , the nomenclature in section
38960 \begin_inset space ~
38964 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38966 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
38970 , and the BibTeX bibliography in section
38971 \begin_inset space ~
38975 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38977 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
38984 \begin_layout Subsection
38988 \begin_layout Standard
38989 To insert floats, described in section
38990 \begin_inset space ~
38994 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38996 reference "sec:Floats"
39003 \begin_layout Subsection
39007 \begin_layout Standard
39008 To insert notes, described in section
39009 \begin_inset space ~
39013 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39015 reference "sec:Notes"
39022 \begin_layout Subsection
39026 \begin_layout Standard
39027 Inserts branch insets as described in section
39028 \begin_inset space ~
39032 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39034 reference "sec:Branches"
39041 \begin_layout Subsection
39045 \begin_layout Standard
39046 Inserts document class-specific insets.
39047 Such insets only exist when they are defined in the layout file for a certain
39049 An example is the document class
39050 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39054 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39057 with three custom insets.
39060 Flex insets and InsetLayout
39066 manual explains how custom insets are defined.
39069 \begin_layout Subsection
39071 \begin_inset Index idx
39074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39083 \begin_layout Standard
39084 This menu entry allows you to insert or include the contents of other LyX
39085 files in your document.
39086 How you can do this is explained in detail in the chapter
39097 \begin_layout Subsection
39099 \begin_inset Index idx
39102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39111 \begin_layout Standard
39112 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
39113 \begin_inset space ~
39117 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39119 reference "sec:Minipages"
39124 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in the chapter
39135 \begin_layout Subsection
39139 \begin_layout Standard
39140 Inserts a citation as described in section
39141 \begin_inset space ~
39145 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39147 reference "sec:Bibliography"
39154 \begin_layout Subsection
39158 \begin_layout Standard
39159 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
39160 \begin_inset space ~
39164 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39166 reference "sec:Cross-References"
39173 \begin_layout Subsection
39177 \begin_layout Standard
39178 Inserts a label as described in section
39179 \begin_inset space ~
39183 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39185 reference "sec:Cross-References"
39192 \begin_layout Subsection
39194 \begin_inset Index idx
39197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39204 \begin_inset Index idx
39207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39208 Longtables ! Caption
39216 \begin_layout Standard
39217 Inserts a caption in a float or longtable.
39218 Floats are described in section
39219 \begin_inset space ~
39223 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39225 reference "sec:Floats"
39229 , captions in longtables are described in the section
39240 \begin_layout Subsection
39244 \begin_layout Standard
39245 Inserts an index entry as described in section
39246 \begin_inset space ~
39250 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39252 reference "sec:Index"
39259 \begin_layout Subsection
39263 \begin_layout Standard
39264 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
39265 \begin_inset space ~
39269 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39271 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
39278 \begin_layout Subsection
39282 \begin_layout Standard
39284 Tables are described in section
39285 \begin_inset space ~
39289 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39291 reference "sec:Tables"
39298 \begin_layout Subsection
39302 \begin_layout Standard
39304 Graphics are described in section
39305 \begin_inset space ~
39309 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39311 reference "sec:Graphics"
39318 \begin_layout Subsection
39322 \begin_layout Standard
39323 Inserts an URL as described in section
39324 \begin_inset space ~
39328 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39330 reference "sub:URLs"
39337 \begin_layout Subsection
39341 \begin_layout Standard
39342 Inserts a hyperlink as described in section
39343 \begin_inset space ~
39347 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39349 reference "sub:Hyperlinks"
39356 \begin_layout Subsection
39360 \begin_layout Standard
39361 Inserts a footnote, see section
39362 \begin_inset space ~
39366 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39368 reference "sec:Footnotes"
39375 \begin_layout Subsection
39379 \begin_layout Standard
39380 Inserts a marginal note, see section
39381 \begin_inset space ~
39385 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39387 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
39394 \begin_layout Subsection
39398 \begin_layout Standard
39399 Inserts a short title, see section
39400 \begin_inset space ~
39404 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39406 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
39413 \begin_layout Subsection
39417 \begin_layout Standard
39418 Inserts a TeX Code box, see section
39419 \begin_inset space ~
39423 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39425 reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
39432 \begin_layout Subsection
39434 \begin_inset Index idx
39437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39446 \begin_layout Standard
39447 Inserts a program listings box.
39448 Program listings are explained in the chapter
39450 Program Code Listings
39459 \begin_layout Subsection
39463 \begin_layout Standard
39464 Inserts the actual date.
39465 The format depends on the date format of the language that is used for
39467 LyX offers various ways to insert a date which are explained and also compared
39479 \begin_layout Section
39481 \begin_inset Index idx
39484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39493 \begin_layout Standard
39494 This menu lists the existing chapters, sections, figures, tables, etc.
39495 \begin_inset space ~
39498 of the current document.
39499 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
39502 \begin_layout Subsection
39506 \begin_layout Standard
39507 With this menu entry you are able to define your own bookmarks.
39508 This is useful when you are working on a large document and often have
39510 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39514 \begin_inset space \space{}
39518 \begin_inset space ~
39522 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
39523 \begin_inset space ~
39526 2.5 and use the menu
39529 \begin_inset space ~
39533 \begin_inset space ~
39540 \begin_inset space ~
39546 \begin_inset space ~
39550 \begin_inset space ~
39556 Now you can jump easily between these sections by using the menu or by
39560 arg "bookmark-goto 1"
39566 arg "bookmark-goto 2"
39572 \begin_layout Standard
39573 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
39574 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
39577 \begin_layout Subsection
39578 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
39581 \begin_layout Standard
39582 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
39586 \begin_layout Subsection
39590 \begin_layout Standard
39591 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
39592 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
39593 on a cross-reference box.
39596 \begin_layout Section
39598 \begin_inset Index idx
39601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39610 \begin_layout Subsection
39614 \begin_layout Standard
39615 Change Tracking is described in section
39616 \begin_inset space ~
39620 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39622 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
39629 \begin_layout Subsection
39634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39644 \begin_layout Standard
39645 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
39647 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
39650 \begin_layout Standard
39651 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
39656 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
39659 \begin_layout Subsection
39663 \begin_layout Standard
39664 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
39665 \begin_inset space ~
39669 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39671 reference "sec:Navigating"
39676 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39678 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
39685 \begin_layout Subsection
39686 Start Appendix Here
39689 \begin_layout Standard
39690 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
39691 position as described in section
39692 \begin_inset space ~
39696 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39698 reference "sec:Appendices"
39705 \begin_layout Subsection
39709 \begin_layout Standard
39710 Un/compresses the current document.
39713 \begin_layout Subsection
39717 \begin_layout Standard
39718 The document settings are described in appendix
39719 \begin_inset space ~
39723 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39725 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
39732 \begin_layout Section
39734 \begin_inset Index idx
39737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39746 \begin_layout Subsection
39750 \begin_layout Standard
39751 Spell checking is explained in section
39752 \begin_inset space ~
39756 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39758 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
39765 \begin_layout Subsection
39769 \begin_layout Standard
39770 The thesaurus is described in section
39771 \begin_inset space ~
39775 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39777 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
39784 \begin_layout Subsection
39786 \begin_inset Index idx
39789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39796 \begin_inset Index idx
39799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39808 \begin_layout Standard
39809 Counts the number of words and characters in the actual document or the
39810 highlighted document part.
39813 \begin_layout Subsection
39815 \begin_inset Index idx
39818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39827 \begin_layout Standard
39828 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
39831 \begin_layout Subsection
39833 \begin_inset Index idx
39836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39837 LyX ! Reconfigure|see
39841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39848 Reconfiguration of LyX
39852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39865 \begin_inset Index idx
39868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39869 Reconfiguration of LyX
39877 \begin_layout Standard
39878 This menu entry reconfigures LyX; that is, LyX looks for LaTeX-packages
39879 and needed programs it needs; see also section
39880 \begin_inset space ~
39884 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39886 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
39893 \begin_layout Subsection
39897 \begin_layout Standard
39898 The preferences dialog is described in detail in appendix
39899 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39903 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39905 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
39912 \begin_layout Section
39914 \begin_inset Index idx
39917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39926 \begin_layout Standard
39927 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
39931 \begin_layout Standard
39935 \begin_inset space ~
39940 shows a LyX-document with information about the LaTeX-packages and classes
39941 found by LyX (see also section
39942 \begin_inset space ~
39946 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39948 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
39955 \begin_layout Section
39957 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39959 name "sec:Toolbars"
39966 \begin_layout Standard
39967 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
39968 \begin_inset space ~
39972 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39974 reference "sub:Toolbars"
39981 \begin_layout Standard
39982 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
39983 This is described in the
39985 Additional Features
39990 \begin_layout Subsection
39992 \begin_inset Index idx
39995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40004 \begin_layout Standard
40005 \begin_inset Graphics
40006 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
40014 \begin_layout Standard
40015 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
40021 \begin_layout Standard
40022 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
40027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40039 \begin_inset Note Note
40042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40043 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
40048 manual for more information.
40056 \begin_layout Standard
40057 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
40063 \begin_layout Standard
40064 \begin_inset Tabular
40065 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
40066 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
40067 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
40068 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
40070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40074 \begin_inset Graphics
40075 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
40085 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40089 pull-down box for the paragraph environments
40102 \begin_layout Standard
40103 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
40109 \begin_layout Standard
40111 \begin_inset Tabular
40112 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="21" columns="2">
40113 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
40114 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
40115 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
40116 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40133 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40139 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40146 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40147 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40169 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40176 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40199 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40206 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40215 arg "dialog-show print"
40223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40229 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40236 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40245 arg "dialog-show spellchecker"
40253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40259 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40266 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40267 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40283 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40289 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40296 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40313 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40319 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40326 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40349 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40356 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40373 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40379 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40386 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40409 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40416 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40425 arg "dialog-show findreplace"
40433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40439 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40441 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40445 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40454 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40455 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40463 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
40471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40477 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40478 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40485 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40506 Emphasize text, function of the Edit
40508 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
40510 \begin_inset space ~
40521 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40538 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40542 Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
40544 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
40546 \begin_inset space ~
40557 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40558 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40566 arg "textstyle-apply"
40574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40578 Formats text using the current settings in the
40580 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40582 \begin_inset space ~
40593 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40616 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40617 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40619 \begin_inset space ~
40628 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40629 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40637 arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
40645 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40651 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40658 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40665 arg "tabular-insert"
40673 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40679 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40686 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40695 arg "dialog-toggle toc"
40703 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40707 Toggle outline window on/off,
40709 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40716 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40725 arg "toolbar-toggle math"
40733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40737 Toggle math toolbar on/off
40743 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40752 arg "toolbar-toggle table"
40760 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40764 Toggle table toolbar on/off
40777 \begin_layout Subsection
40779 \begin_inset Index idx
40782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40791 \begin_layout Standard
40792 \begin_inset Graphics
40793 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
40801 \begin_layout Standard
40802 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
40808 \begin_layout Standard
40809 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
40813 \begin_layout Standard
40814 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
40820 \begin_layout Standard
40821 \begin_inset Tabular
40822 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="25" columns="2">
40823 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
40824 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
40825 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
40826 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40853 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40862 arg "layout Enumerate"
40870 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40880 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40881 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40889 arg "layout Itemize"
40897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40907 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40924 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40934 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40935 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40943 arg "layout Description"
40951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40961 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40962 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40970 arg "depth-increment"
40978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40984 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40986 \begin_inset space ~
40990 \begin_inset space ~
40999 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41008 arg "depth-decrement"
41016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41022 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41024 \begin_inset space ~
41028 \begin_inset space ~
41037 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41046 arg "float-insert figure"
41054 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41060 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41061 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41068 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41077 arg "float-insert table"
41085 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41091 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41092 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41099 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41100 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41116 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41122 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41129 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41130 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41138 arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
41146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41152 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41159 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41168 arg "dialog-show-new-inset citation"
41176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41182 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41189 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41190 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41212 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41214 \begin_inset space ~
41223 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41224 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41232 arg "nomencl-insert"
41240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41246 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41248 \begin_inset space ~
41257 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41266 arg "footnote-insert"
41274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41280 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41287 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41296 arg "marginalnote-insert"
41304 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41310 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41312 \begin_inset space ~
41321 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41338 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41344 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41345 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41347 \begin_inset space ~
41356 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41365 arg "box-insert Frameless"
41373 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41379 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41386 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41409 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41416 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41439 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41461 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41462 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41470 arg "math-macro newmacroname newcommand"
41478 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41484 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41485 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41492 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41501 arg "dialog-show-new-inset include"
41509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41515 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41516 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41518 \begin_inset space ~
41527 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41536 arg "dialog-show character"
41544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41550 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41552 \begin_inset space ~
41561 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41570 arg "layout-paragraph"
41578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41584 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41586 \begin_inset space ~
41595 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41596 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41604 arg "thesaurus-entry"
41612 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41618 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41632 \begin_layout Subsection
41633 View / Update Toolbar
41634 \begin_inset Index idx
41637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41638 Toolbar ! View / Update
41646 \begin_layout Standard
41647 \begin_inset Graphics
41648 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
41655 \begin_layout Standard
41656 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
41662 \begin_layout Standard
41663 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
41667 \begin_layout Standard
41668 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
41674 \begin_layout Standard
41675 \begin_inset Tabular
41676 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="7" columns="2">
41677 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
41678 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
41679 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
41680 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41703 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41710 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41719 arg "buffer-update"
41727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41733 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41740 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41749 arg "master-buffer-view"
41757 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41763 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41770 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41779 arg "master-buffer-update"
41787 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41793 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41800 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41801 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41809 arg "buffer-toggle-output-sync"
41817 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41823 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41824 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41825 Output\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41826 Synchronize with Output
41832 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41833 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41837 \begin_inset Graphics
41838 filename ../images/view-others.png
41840 groupId toolbarbuttons
41851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41857 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41858 View (Other Formats)
41864 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41869 \begin_inset Graphics
41870 filename ../images/update-others.png
41872 groupId toolbarbuttons
41881 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41887 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41888 Update (Other Formats)
41901 \begin_layout Standard
41902 * These icons might look different for you if you do not use the default
41906 \begin_layout Subsection
41910 \begin_layout Standard
41911 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
41912 \begin_inset space ~
41916 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41918 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
41922 , the table toolbar
41923 \begin_inset Index idx
41926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41936 manual, the math macro toolbar
41937 \begin_inset Index idx
41940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41953 \begin_layout Chapter
41954 The Document Settings
41955 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41957 name "cha:The-Document-Settings"
41962 \begin_inset Index idx
41965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41966 Document ! Settings
41974 \begin_layout Standard
41975 The document settings dialog contains submenus to set properties for the
41976 whole document and is called with the menu
41978 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41982 You can save your document settings as default with th
41984 e Save as Document Defaults
41986 button in the dialog.
41987 This will create a template named
41991 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
41995 \begin_layout Standard
41996 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following.
41999 \begin_layout Section
42003 \begin_layout Standard
42004 Here you set the document class, class options, a graphics driver, and a
42006 Document classes are described in section
42007 \begin_inset space ~
42011 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42013 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
42018 Some classes use some class options by default.
42019 If this is the case, they are listed in the field
42023 and you can decide to use them or not.
42024 If you don't exactly know what the default class options are for, it is
42025 recommended not to touch them.
42026 The graphics driver is used for LaTeX's graphics, color and page layout
42032 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages is used.
42033 It is recommended that you use the default unless you know what you are
42038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42039 When you want one of the following drivers
42040 \begin_inset Newline newline
42043 dvi2ps, dvialw, dvilaser, dvitops, psprint, pubps, ln
42044 \begin_inset Newline newline
42047 you first have to activate them in your LaTeX distribution, see sec.
42048 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42052 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42054 target "http://tug.ctan.org/get/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf"
42066 \begin_layout Standard
42067 Specifying a master document is necessary when the current document is a
42068 child or subdocument.
42069 This master document will be used by LyX when the child document is opened
42070 without its master.
42071 This way child documents are always compilable.
42072 More about master and child documents is explained in the section
42083 \begin_layout Section
42087 \begin_layout Standard
42088 This submenu is only visible when your document includes child documents.
42089 Please refer to the section
42097 manual for details.
42100 \begin_layout Section
42104 \begin_layout Standard
42105 Modules are explained in section
42106 \begin_inset space ~
42110 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42112 reference "sub:Modules"
42119 \begin_layout Section
42123 \begin_layout Standard
42124 The document font settings are described in section
42125 \begin_inset space ~
42129 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42131 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
42138 \begin_layout Section
42142 \begin_layout Standard
42143 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
42145 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
42149 \begin_layout Standard
42150 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
42151 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
42152 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
42155 \begin_layout Standard
42156 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
42164 \begin_layout Section
42168 \begin_layout Standard
42169 A description of this menu is given in section
42170 \begin_inset space ~
42174 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42176 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
42181 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42183 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
42190 \begin_layout Section
42194 \begin_layout Standard
42195 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
42196 \begin_inset space ~
42200 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42202 reference "sub:Margins"
42209 \begin_layout Section
42211 \begin_inset Index idx
42214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42215 Language ! Encoding
42223 \begin_layout Standard
42224 The document language and quote styles are set here.
42225 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
42226 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
42227 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
42228 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
42229 known for a particular character).
42233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42234 The known commands are defined in a text file.
42235 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
42240 manual for details.
42248 \begin_layout Standard
42249 If you use the option
42253 , LyX determines the encoding of a text part from the language of this text.
42254 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
42255 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
42256 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
42257 exactly one encoding.
42258 Checking this option is the preferred setting.
42261 \begin_layout Standard
42262 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
42263 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
42264 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
42265 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
42266 Unfortunately the Unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
42267 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of Unicode symbols works fine
42272 (when LyX uses its list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
42273 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is not used,
42274 because all Unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
42275 The situation is much better with XeTeX and LuaTeX, two new alternative
42276 engines to standard LaTeX.
42277 Both engines support Unicode natively.
42278 LyX now also supports these two engines (via the output formats
42281 \begin_inset space ~
42288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42300 \begin_inset space ~
42307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42319 \begin_inset space ~
42325 \begin_inset space ~
42329 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42331 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
42335 ), so if the above options fail, you might try out one of these new engines.
42338 \begin_layout Standard
42339 Here is a list with the important encodings:
42342 \begin_layout Description
42344 \begin_inset space ~
42348 \begin_inset space ~
42352 \begin_inset space ~
42359 , but the LaTeX-package
42364 \begin_inset Index idx
42367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42368 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
42374 When using this, you probably need to load some additional packages manually
42375 in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
42376 languages in TeX code.
42379 \begin_layout Description
42380 ASCII the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English (7-bit ASCII).
42381 LyX converts all other characters into LaTeX commands, which may result
42382 in a big file when lots of LaTeX-commands are needed.
42385 \begin_layout Description
42387 \begin_inset space ~
42391 \begin_inset space ~
42394 1256) MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
42397 \begin_layout Description
42399 \begin_inset space ~
42403 \begin_inset space ~
42406 8859-6) for Arabic and Farsi
42409 \begin_layout Description
42411 \begin_inset space ~
42414 (ArmSCII8) for Armenian
42417 \begin_layout Description
42419 \begin_inset space ~
42423 \begin_inset space ~
42426 1257) MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, the same
42427 as the ISO-8859-13 encoding
42430 \begin_layout Description
42432 \begin_inset space ~
42436 \begin_inset space ~
42439 8859-13) for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, a superset of the ISO-8859-4
42443 \begin_layout Description
42445 \begin_inset space ~
42449 \begin_inset space ~
42452 8859-4) (latin 4) for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, a subset of the
42453 ISO-8859-13 encoding
42456 \begin_layout Description
42458 \begin_inset space ~
42462 \begin_inset space ~
42466 \begin_inset space ~
42469 1250) MS Windows code page for ISO
42470 \begin_inset space ~
42476 \begin_layout Description
42478 \begin_inset space ~
42482 \begin_inset space ~
42486 \begin_inset space ~
42489 8859-2) (latin 2) covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German, Hungarian, Polish,
42490 Romanian, Slovak and Slovenian
42493 \begin_layout Description
42495 \begin_inset space ~
42499 \begin_inset space ~
42502 (EUC-CN) for simplified Chinese, used especially on UNIX OSes, since 2001
42503 this encoding is officially replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030
42504 is not available for LaTeX you should try to use the encoding Unicode
42505 \begin_inset space ~
42509 \begin_inset space ~
42515 \begin_layout Description
42517 \begin_inset space ~
42521 \begin_inset space ~
42524 (GBK) for simplified Chinese, is the same as the Windows code page CP 936
42525 except for the Euro currency sign, since 2001 this encoding is officially
42526 replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030 is not available for LaTeX
42527 you should try to use the encoding Unicode
42528 \begin_inset space ~
42532 \begin_inset space ~
42538 \begin_layout Description
42540 \begin_inset space ~
42544 \begin_inset space ~
42547 (EUC-TW) for traditional Chinese
42550 \begin_layout Description
42552 \begin_inset space ~
42556 \begin_inset space ~
42559 1251) MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
42562 \begin_layout Description
42564 \begin_inset space ~
42568 \begin_inset space ~
42571 8859-5) covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian, Serbian and Ukrainian
42574 \begin_layout Description
42576 \begin_inset space ~
42579 (KOI8-R) standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
42582 \begin_layout Description
42584 \begin_inset space ~
42587 (KOI8-U) Cyrillic for Ukrainian
42590 \begin_layout Description
42592 \begin_inset space ~
42596 \begin_inset space ~
42599 154) Cyrillic for Kazakh
42602 \begin_layout Description
42604 \begin_inset space ~
42608 \begin_inset space ~
42614 \begin_layout Description
42616 \begin_inset space ~
42620 \begin_inset space ~
42623 1255) MS Windows code page for Hebrew, a superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
42626 \begin_layout Description
42628 \begin_inset space ~
42632 \begin_inset space ~
42638 \begin_layout Description
42640 \begin_inset space ~
42644 \begin_inset space ~
42647 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
42652 \begin_inset Index idx
42655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42656 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
42661 , when using this, set the document language to
42666 \begin_layout Description
42668 \begin_inset space ~
42672 \begin_inset space ~
42675 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
42679 , when using this, set the document language to
42682 \begin_inset space ~
42688 \begin_layout Description
42690 \begin_inset space ~
42694 \begin_inset space ~
42697 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
42702 \begin_inset Index idx
42705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42706 LaTeX-packages ! japanese
42711 , when using this, set the document language to
42716 \begin_layout Description
42718 \begin_inset space ~
42722 \begin_inset space ~
42725 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
42729 , when using this, set the document language to
42734 \begin_layout Description
42736 \begin_inset space ~
42740 \begin_inset space ~
42743 (SJIS) SJIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
42747 , when using this, set the document language to
42752 \begin_layout Description
42754 \begin_inset space ~
42757 (EUC-KR) for Korean
42760 \begin_layout Description
42762 \begin_inset space ~
42766 \begin_inset space ~
42770 \begin_inset space ~
42773 8859-3) (latin 3) covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese and Turkish
42776 \begin_layout Description
42778 \begin_inset space ~
42782 \begin_inset space ~
42786 \begin_inset space ~
42789 8859-16) (latin 10) covers Albanian, Croatian, Finnish, French, German,
42790 Hungarian, Irish Gaelic, Italian, Polish, Romanian and Slovenian, is designed
42791 to cover many languages and characters with diacritics
42794 \begin_layout Description
42796 \begin_inset space ~
42800 \begin_inset space ~
42806 \begin_layout Description
42808 \begin_inset space ~
42812 \begin_inset space ~
42815 8859-9) (latin 5) for Turkish, is like the ISO-8859-1 encoding where the
42816 Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
42819 \begin_layout Description
42821 \begin_inset space ~
42825 \begin_inset space ~
42828 (utf8) Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
42833 \begin_inset Index idx
42836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42837 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
42842 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
42845 \begin_layout Description
42847 \begin_inset space ~
42851 \begin_inset space ~
42854 (utf8) Unicode utf8 to be used with
42862 , which use Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
42867 LyX automatically selects this encoding if you export or preview XeTeX
42869 Normally you do not need to set this encoding manually.
42872 \begin_layout Description
42874 \begin_inset space ~
42878 \begin_inset space ~
42881 (utf8x) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
42886 \begin_inset Index idx
42889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42890 LaTeX-packages ! ucs
42895 (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
42898 \begin_layout Description
42900 \begin_inset space ~
42903 (utf8) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
42908 \begin_inset Index idx
42911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42912 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
42918 Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
42922 \begin_layout Description
42924 \begin_inset space ~
42928 \begin_inset space ~
42932 \begin_inset space ~
42935 1252) MS Windows code page for ISO
42936 \begin_inset space ~
42942 \begin_layout Description
42944 \begin_inset space ~
42948 \begin_inset space ~
42952 \begin_inset space ~
42955 8859-1) (latin 1) covers the languages Albanian, Catalan, Danish, Dutch,
42956 English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic, Irish,
42957 Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish and Swedish; better use the ISO-8859-15
42961 \begin_layout Description
42963 \begin_inset space ~
42967 \begin_inset space ~
42971 \begin_inset space ~
42974 8859-15) (latin 9) like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with the Euro currency
42975 sign, the œ-ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish
42978 \begin_layout Standard
42979 Finally, the dialog lets you select a specific language package for the
42982 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42983 LatexCommand formatted
42984 reference "sub:Prefs-Language"
42988 for more information on the language package.
42991 \begin_layout Section
42995 \begin_layout Standard
42996 You can adjust here the numbering depth of section headings and the section
42997 depth in the table of contents as described in section
42998 \begin_inset space ~
43002 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43004 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
43011 \begin_layout Section
43015 \begin_layout Standard
43016 You can specify here a citation style using the LaTeX packages
43021 \begin_inset Index idx
43024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43025 LaTeX-packages ! natbib
43035 \begin_inset Index idx
43038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43039 LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
43044 , you can enable subdivided bibliographies using the LaTeX package
43049 \begin_inset Index idx
43052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43053 LaTeX-packages ! bibtopic
43058 and you can customize how the bibliography of the given document is being
43060 For a further description see section
43061 \begin_inset space ~
43065 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43067 reference "sec:Bibliography"
43074 \begin_layout Section
43078 \begin_layout Standard
43079 Here, you can customize how the index of your document is being generated
43080 and you can define additional indexes.
43081 Please refer to section
43082 \begin_inset space ~
43086 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43088 reference "sec:Index"
43095 \begin_layout Section
43099 \begin_layout Standard
43100 The PDF properties are explained in section
43101 \begin_inset space ~
43105 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43107 reference "sec:PDF-Properties"
43114 \begin_layout Section
43118 \begin_layout Standard
43119 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
43124 \begin_inset Index idx
43127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43128 LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
43138 \begin_inset Index idx
43141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43142 LaTeX-packages ! esint
43147 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
43150 \begin_layout Standard
43155 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
43156 ensure that you have enabled AMS.
43159 \begin_layout Standard
43164 is used for special integral characters.
43167 \begin_layout Section
43171 \begin_layout Standard
43172 The float placement options are described in section
43173 \begin_inset space ~
43177 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43179 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
43186 \begin_layout Section
43190 \begin_layout Standard
43191 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
43192 The itemize environment is described in section
43193 \begin_inset space ~
43197 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43199 reference "sec:Itemize"
43206 \begin_layout Section
43210 \begin_layout Standard
43211 Branches are described in section
43212 \begin_inset space ~
43216 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43218 reference "sec:Branches"
43225 \begin_layout Section
43227 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43229 name "sec:Doc-Output"
43236 \begin_layout Standard
43237 Here you can define some output specifics for the current document:
43240 \begin_layout Description
43242 \begin_inset space ~
43246 \begin_inset space ~
43249 Format: The format that is used when you hit
43250 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43254 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43258 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43262 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43266 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43269 View Master Document
43270 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43274 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43277 Update Master Document
43278 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43285 menu or the toolbar.
43286 The default is set in
43288 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43289 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43293 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43294 LatexCommand formatted
43295 reference "sec:File-Formats"
43302 \begin_layout Description
43304 \begin_inset space ~
43308 \begin_inset space ~
43312 \begin_inset Note Note
43315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43324 \begin_layout Description
43326 \begin_inset space ~
43330 \begin_inset space ~
43334 \begin_inset Note Note
43337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43346 \begin_layout Section
43351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43361 \begin_layout Standard
43362 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
43363 to define LaTeX-commands.
43364 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
43365 You should not enter commands here until you exactly know what you are
43369 \begin_layout Standard
43370 An introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
43371 \begin_inset space ~
43375 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43377 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
43384 \begin_layout Chapter
43390 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43392 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
43397 \begin_inset Index idx
43400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43409 \begin_layout Standard
43410 The preferences dialog is called with the menu
43412 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43416 It has the following submenus.
43419 \begin_layout Section
43423 \begin_layout Subsection
43427 \begin_layout Subsubsection
43428 User Interface File
43429 \begin_inset Index idx
43432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43433 Customization ! of toolbars
43439 \begin_inset Index idx
43442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43443 Customization ! of menus
43451 \begin_layout Standard
43452 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
43455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43460 You have to restart LyX before the change of the user interface file take
43469 \begin_layout Standard
43470 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing a user
43471 interface (ui) file.
43472 An ui-file is a text file where the toolbars and menus are listed.
43473 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
43482 Both files are loaded by the
43487 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
43488 files and edit the entries.
43491 \begin_layout Standard
43492 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
43504 entries must be ended with an explicit
43529 and in the case of the
43530 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43534 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43542 The syntax for the entries is:
43545 \begin_layout Standard
43546 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
43552 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43560 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43564 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43568 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43574 \begin_layout Standard
43576 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
43579 All LyX-functions are listed in the menu
43581 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43583 \begin_inset space ~
43591 \begin_layout Standard
43592 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
43598 \begin_layout Standard
43599 An example: Assuming you use the menu
43601 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43604 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
43608 \begin_layout Standard
43609 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
43615 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43619 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43623 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43627 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43633 \begin_layout Standard
43635 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
43638 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
43641 \begin_layout Subsubsection
43645 \begin_layout Standard
43648 Enable tool tips in main work area
43650 enables tool tips showing the content of closed insets like index entries
43654 \begin_layout Subsubsection
43658 \begin_layout Standard
43662 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43666 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43669 restoring of window layout and geometries
43671 LyX's main window will be opened with the size and layout that was used
43672 in the last LyX session.
43675 \begin_layout Standard
43678 Restore cursor positions
43680 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
43684 \begin_layout Standard
43687 Load opened files from last session
43689 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
43692 \begin_layout Subsubsection
43694 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43696 name "sub:Backup documents"
43701 \begin_inset Index idx
43704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43713 \begin_layout Standard
43718 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
43721 \begin_layout Standard
43726 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
43729 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43731 \begin_inset space ~
43739 \begin_layout Standard
43742 Open documents in tabs
43744 is not used, then every file will be opened in its own new instance of
43748 \begin_layout Subsection
43750 \begin_inset Index idx
43753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43760 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43762 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
43769 \begin_layout Standard
43770 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
43773 \begin_layout Standard
43774 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
43777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43782 This section only deals with the fonts
43787 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
43790 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43791 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43802 \begin_layout Standard
43803 By default, LyX uses
43807 as roman (serif) font,
43815 (depends on the system) as
43818 \begin_inset space ~
43834 \begin_layout Standard
43835 You can change the font size with the
43840 You can also change the font zoom outside the preferences dialog for the
43841 current LyX session by pressing Ctrl and scrolling the mouse wheel.
43844 \begin_layout Standard
43849 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
43850 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
43852 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43855 points have the size of 1
43856 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43860 \begin_inset space ~
43864 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43866 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
43873 \begin_layout Standard
43878 are the same as if a document font size of 10
43879 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43883 The sizes are explained in detail in section
43884 \begin_inset space ~
43888 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43890 reference "sub:Document-Font"
43897 \begin_layout Standard
43900 Use Pixmap Cache to speed up font rendering
43902 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
43903 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
43904 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
43905 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
43907 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
43908 \begin_inset space ~
43914 \begin_layout Subsection
43916 \begin_inset Index idx
43919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43926 \begin_inset Index idx
43929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43938 \begin_layout Standard
43939 You can here change all the colors used by LyX.
43940 Choose an item in the list and use the
43947 \begin_layout Subsection
43949 \begin_inset Index idx
43952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43961 \begin_layout Standard
43962 Here you can specify if graphics inside LyX are displayed.
43965 \begin_layout Standard
43970 enables previewing snippets of your document.
43971 This feature is described in section
43972 \begin_inset space ~
43976 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43978 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
43985 \begin_layout Standard
43989 \begin_inset space ~
43993 \begin_inset space ~
43997 \begin_inset space ~
44002 displays a pilcrow (¶) at the end of every paragraph.
44005 \begin_layout Section
44007 \begin_inset Index idx
44010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44019 \begin_layout Subsection
44023 \begin_layout Subsubsection
44027 \begin_layout Standard
44030 Cursor follows scrollbar
44032 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
44036 \begin_layout Standard
44037 You can adjust the thickness of the cursor with the
44042 If you set the value to zero the thickness of the cursor scales relative
44043 to the zoom value you choose for the screen fonts.
44046 \begin_layout Standard
44049 Sort environments alphabetically
44051 sorts the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
44054 \begin_layout Standard
44057 Group environments by their category
44059 groups the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
44062 \begin_layout Standard
44063 The math macro editing option determines the editing style, see the section
44075 \begin_layout Subsubsection
44079 \begin_layout Standard
44080 Here you can specify what is hidden in the fullscreen mode.
44085 specifies the width of the text in fullscreen mode.
44086 This way you can display the text smaller than the screen, the text appears
44090 \begin_layout Subsection
44092 \begin_inset Index idx
44095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44102 \begin_inset Index idx
44105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44106 Settings ! Shortcuts
44114 \begin_layout Subsubsection
44118 \begin_layout Standard
44119 Bindings are used to bind a LyX-function to a key.
44120 Several binding files are available:
44123 \begin_layout Description
44124 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
44127 \begin_layout Description
44128 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
44139 \begin_layout Description
44140 mac.bind set of bindings for
44143 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44151 \begin_layout Standard
44152 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
44156 , and bind files for special languages.
44157 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.
44158 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44162 \begin_inset space \space{}
44166 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44170 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44174 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
44178 \begin_layout Standard
44179 Some bind-files, like
44183 , have only a small scope.
44184 When looking at the end of the file
44188 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
44191 \begin_layout Subsubsection
44193 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44195 name "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
44200 \begin_inset Index idx
44203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44204 Key Bindings ! Editing
44212 \begin_layout Standard
44213 To add new or modify existing keybindings to your own taste you can use
44214 the table in the dialog that lists all LyX-functions and the bound shortcuts.
44215 To find functions easily, they are grouped by categories and the dialog
44218 Show key-bindings containing
44221 In this field you can insert a keyword for a function you want to edit.
44222 Insert there for example as keyword
44223 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44227 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44230 and you get the 4 different existing shortcuts for the 3 different functions
44232 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44236 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44240 As you can see, one function can have more than one shortcut.
44241 All LyX-functions are also listed in the file
44245 that you will find in the
44252 \begin_layout Standard
44254 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44258 \begin_inset space \space{}
44269 , select the function and press the
44274 A dialog pops up where you can add the shortcut by using it.
44275 So press Alt+Q to define the shortcut.
44276 Modifying an existing shortcut is done the same way.
44277 You can also bind multiple functions to one shortcut by modifying an existing
44278 binding and adding the different function names as a semicolon separated
44280 LyX will then use the first function that is enabled in the current document
44282 The binding for the function
44286 is an example of this.
44289 \begin_layout Standard
44290 Alternatively you can also edit shortcuts by modifying bind-files with a
44292 The syntax of the entries is:
44295 \begin_layout Standard
44301 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44305 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44309 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44313 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44319 \begin_layout Subsection
44321 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44323 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
44328 \begin_inset Index idx
44331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44338 \begin_inset Index idx
44341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44342 Settings ! Keyboard Map
44350 \begin_layout Standard
44351 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
44352 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
44354 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44358 \begin_inset space \space{}
44361 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
44362 can use the keyboard map file named
44369 \begin_layout Standard
44370 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
44373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44378 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
44386 \begin_layout Standard
44387 Besides this, you can specify here the
44389 Wheel scrolling speed
44392 The standard value is 1.0, higher values speed up the scrolling, lower ones
44396 \begin_layout Subsection
44398 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44400 name "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
44405 \begin_inset Index idx
44408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44417 \begin_layout Standard
44418 Input completion is described in sec.
44419 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44423 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44425 reference "sec:Input-Completion"
44430 The completion options for math do the same as the corresponding options
44432 With the general options you can define the delay time for the inline and
44433 popup completion and choose if long completions should be abbreviated or
44437 \begin_layout Section
44439 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44446 \begin_inset Index idx
44449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44456 \begin_inset Index idx
44459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44468 \begin_layout Description
44470 \begin_inset space ~
44473 directory This is LyX's working directory.
44474 It is the default when you
44485 \begin_inset space ~
44493 \begin_layout Description
44495 \begin_inset space ~
44498 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
44500 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44502 \begin_inset space ~
44506 \begin_inset space ~
44514 \begin_layout Description
44516 \begin_inset space ~
44519 files This directory will be opened when you use the button
44525 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44529 \begin_inset Newline newline
44533 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
44536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44545 button does not exist when using LyX on MacOS and Windows systems.
44553 \begin_layout Description
44555 \begin_inset space ~
44559 \begin_inset Index idx
44562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44568 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
44569 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
44570 \begin_inset space ~
44574 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44576 reference "sub:Backup documents"
44584 will be used to save the backups.
44585 \begin_inset Newline newline
44588 The backup files have the ending
44589 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44593 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44599 \begin_layout Description
44604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44611 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
44612 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
44613 \begin_inset Newline newline
44617 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
44620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44625 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
44633 \begin_layout Description
44635 \begin_inset space ~
44638 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
44641 \begin_layout Description
44643 \begin_inset space ~
44646 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
44647 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
44648 to find it on the system.
44649 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems when LyX
44650 is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
44652 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44656 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44659 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
44660 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
44664 \begin_layout Section
44668 \begin_layout Standard
44669 Here you can insert your name and email address.
44670 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
44672 \begin_inset space ~
44676 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44678 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
44682 , to mark changes you make as yours.
44685 \begin_layout Section
44687 \begin_inset Index idx
44690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44691 Language ! Settings
44697 \begin_inset Index idx
44700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44701 Settings ! Language
44709 \begin_layout Subsection
44711 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44713 name "sub:Prefs-Language"
44720 \begin_layout Description
44722 \begin_inset space ~
44726 \begin_inset space ~
44729 language Here you can select the language of LyX's menus.
44730 Unfortunately this doesn't work on Mac and Windows.
44731 It works on Linux for the languages into LyX's menus and dialogs are translated.
44732 You find the actual translation status here:
44733 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44735 name "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
44736 target "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
44743 \begin_layout Description
44745 \begin_inset space ~
44748 language is the language used in new documents
44751 \begin_layout Description
44753 \begin_inset space ~
44756 package determines which LaTeX package should be loaded to handle language
44758 Language issues which are handled by this package include proper hyphenation
44759 as well as localization of dates and text strings such as
44760 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44764 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44768 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44772 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44776 The most widespread language package is
44780 , it's the default language package in classic LaTeX.
44781 However, more recent typesetting engines such as XeTeX and LuaTeX come
44782 with an alternative language package (
44786 ) that is more suited for the multi-script support of these engines.
44787 Furthermore, there are also specific language packages for languages not
44789 \begin_inset Newline newline
44792 The available selections are:
44796 \begin_layout Itemize
44806 Selects the most appropriate language package for the current typesetting
44810 \begin_layout Itemize
44816 Uses always babel, even if another package (such as polyglossia) would have
44817 been preferred by automatic setting; this essentially allows to select
44818 babel instead of polyglossia with XeTeX and LuaTeX
44821 \begin_layout Itemize
44827 Lets you load some other language package (via
44840 \begin_layout Itemize
44846 Loads no language package at all
44850 \begin_layout Description
44852 \begin_inset space ~
44856 \begin_inset space ~
44859 Point Define the default decimal point for the use in tables (decimal point
44863 \begin_layout Description
44865 \begin_inset space ~
44868 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
44869 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
44870 An example is the start command
44876 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
44881 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
44896 selectlanguage{$$lang}
44901 \begin_layout Description
44903 \begin_inset space ~
44911 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
44912 command toggles the package on and off.
44915 \begin_layout Description
44917 \begin_inset space ~
44921 \begin_inset space ~
44924 globally When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
44925 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
44926 used by all LaTeX-packages.
44927 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
44934 \begin_layout Description
44936 \begin_inset space ~
44939 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document
44941 When this option is not set, the
44944 \begin_inset space ~
44949 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
44950 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
44953 \begin_inset space ~
44961 \begin_layout Description
44963 \begin_inset space ~
44969 \begin_inset space ~
44975 When it is not set, the
44978 \begin_inset space ~
44983 is set to the end of the document.
44986 \begin_layout Description
44988 \begin_inset space ~
44992 \begin_inset space ~
44995 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
44996 language will be underlined blue.
44999 \begin_layout Description
45001 \begin_inset space ~
45005 \begin_inset space ~
45008 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left (RTL),
45009 like Arabic, Hebrew, Farsi.
45012 \begin_layout Description
45014 \begin_inset space ~
45017 movement When writing RTL, you can define if the left and right arrow keys
45018 move the cursor visually to the left or right, respectively, or logically.
45019 Logical means that the cursor is moved to the left when pressing the right
45020 arrow key and the cursor is inside text in an RTL language.
45023 \begin_layout Subsection
45027 \begin_layout Standard
45028 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
45029 \begin_inset space ~
45033 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45035 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
45042 \begin_layout Section
45046 \begin_layout Subsection
45048 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45055 \begin_inset Index idx
45058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45065 \begin_inset Index idx
45068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45077 \begin_layout Description
45079 \begin_inset space ~
45082 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
45083 The name will be used when the
45088 \begin_inset Newline newline
45092 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
45095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45100 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has no effect.
45108 \begin_layout Description
45110 \begin_inset space ~
45114 \begin_inset space ~
45118 \begin_inset space ~
45121 printer This option works only for the
45126 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45134 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45138 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
45139 This is an option only for dvips experts.
45142 \begin_layout Description
45144 \begin_inset space ~
45147 command is the command LyX
45148 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45152 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45155 LaTeX uses for printing.
45156 The default is on most systems
45163 \begin_layout Description
45165 \begin_inset space ~
45169 \begin_inset space ~
45172 Options Here you can specify printer options.
45173 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
45174 of the program that provides the
45181 \begin_layout Subsection
45183 \begin_inset Index idx
45186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45193 \begin_inset Index idx
45196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45197 Settings ! Date format
45205 \begin_layout Standard
45206 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
45207 \begin_inset Newline newline
45211 \begin_inset Flex URL
45214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45216 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
45222 \begin_inset Newline newline
45225 For example the format
45226 \begin_inset Newline newline
45230 \begin_inset Newline newline
45233 prints the date as day/month/year.
45236 \begin_layout Subsection
45240 \begin_layout Description
45242 \begin_inset space ~
45246 \begin_inset space ~
45249 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
45252 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45253 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45255 \begin_inset space ~
45261 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
45265 \begin_layout Description
45267 \begin_inset space ~
45270 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
45275 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
45276 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
45279 \begin_layout Subsection
45284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45292 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45294 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
45299 \begin_inset Index idx
45302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45311 \begin_layout Description
45313 \begin_inset space ~
45320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45328 \begin_inset space ~
45332 \begin_inset space ~
45335 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
45340 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
45362 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
45363 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45371 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45375 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
45376 LyX sets up in the background.
45377 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
45380 \begin_layout Description
45382 \begin_inset space ~
45386 \begin_inset space ~
45389 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
45394 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
45397 \begin_layout Standard
45398 You can also specify here commands with parameters for the listed applications.
45399 But before you change something, it is strongly recommended to read the
45400 manuals of the applications.
45401 Currently the following commands can be set:
45404 \begin_layout Description
45409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45417 \begin_inset space ~
45420 command Command for the program
45424 that is described in the section
45430 Additional Features
45435 \begin_layout Description
45440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45448 \begin_inset space ~
45451 command Command for the program
45455 that generates the bibliography, see section
45456 \begin_inset space ~
45460 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45462 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
45469 \begin_layout Description
45471 \begin_inset space ~
45474 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section
45475 \begin_inset space ~
45479 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45481 reference "sub:Index-Program"
45488 \begin_layout Description
45490 \begin_inset space ~
45493 command Command for the program that generates the nomenclature, see section
45494 \begin_inset space ~
45498 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45500 reference "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
45507 \begin_layout Description
45509 \begin_inset space ~
45513 \begin_inset space ~
45517 \begin_inset space ~
45521 \begin_inset space ~
45524 options They only have an effect when the program
45528 is used as DVI-viewer.
45531 \begin_layout Standard
45532 There are additionally the following options:
45535 \begin_layout Description
45537 \begin_inset space ~
45541 \begin_inset space ~
45545 \begin_inset space ~
45549 \begin_inset space ~
45553 \begin_inset space ~
45556 files Uses paths in the notation of Windows, that means that
45557 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45563 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45567 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45571 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45574 to separate folders.
45575 This option is enabled by default when you use LyX on Windows.
45576 \begin_inset Index idx
45579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45586 \begin_inset Index idx
45589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45598 \begin_layout Description
45600 \begin_inset space ~
45604 \begin_inset space ~
45608 \begin_inset space ~
45612 \begin_inset space ~
45616 \begin_inset space ~
45620 \begin_inset space ~
45623 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
45625 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45628 dialog when changing the document class.
45631 \begin_layout Section
45633 \begin_inset space ~
45637 \begin_inset Index idx
45640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45649 \begin_layout Subsection
45651 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45653 name "sub:Converters"
45658 \begin_inset Index idx
45661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45670 \begin_layout Standard
45671 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
45672 from one format to another.
45673 You can modify them or create new ones.
45674 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
45681 \begin_inset space ~
45691 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
45695 \begin_inset space ~
45700 drop-down list, modify the
45704 field, and press the
45711 \begin_layout Standard
45714 Converter File Cache
45716 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
45719 Maximum Age (in days
45722 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
45723 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
45726 \begin_layout Standard
45727 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
45728 the converter definition, is described in the section
45739 \begin_layout Subsection
45741 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45743 name "sec:File-Formats"
45748 \begin_inset Index idx
45751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45758 \begin_inset Index idx
45761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45770 \begin_layout Standard
45771 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
45772 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
45776 \begin_layout Standard
45777 Furthermore, you can define the
45778 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45781 Default output format
45782 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45785 that is used when you hit
45786 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45790 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45794 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45798 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45802 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45805 View Master Document
45806 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45810 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45813 Update Master Document
45814 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45817 in the Edit menu or the toolbar.
45820 \begin_layout Standard
45821 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
45822 is described in the section
45833 \begin_layout Standard
45834 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
45835 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
45836 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
45837 This is done by specifying a
45842 More about this is described in the section
45853 \begin_layout Chapter
45854 Units available in LyX
45855 \begin_inset Index idx
45858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45865 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45867 name "cha:Units-available-in"
45874 \begin_layout Standard
45875 To understand the units described in this documentation,
45876 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45878 reference "cap:Units"
45882 explains all units available in LyX.
45885 \begin_layout Standard
45886 \begin_inset Float table
45892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45893 \begin_inset Caption
45895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45896 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45911 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
45917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45919 \begin_inset Tabular
45920 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
45921 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
45922 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
45923 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
45925 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45945 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45954 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46005 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46019 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46023 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46047 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46051 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46074 scaled point (65536
46075 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46079 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46089 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46103 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46107 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46131 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46135 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
46139 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46149 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46163 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46167 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46190 % of original image width
46197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46286 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46326 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46379 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46383 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46404 \begin_layout Chapter
46406 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46415 \begin_layout Standard
46416 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
46417 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
46420 \begin_layout Itemize
46423 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
46426 \begin_layout Itemize
46432 \begin_layout Itemize
46438 \begin_layout Itemize
46444 \begin_layout Itemize
46450 \begin_layout Itemize
46456 \begin_layout Itemize
46462 \begin_layout Itemize
46468 \begin_layout Itemize
46471 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
46474 \begin_layout Itemize
46480 \begin_layout Itemize
46486 \begin_layout Itemize
46492 \begin_layout Itemize
46498 \begin_layout Itemize
46504 \begin_layout Itemize
46510 \begin_layout Itemize
46516 \begin_layout Itemize
46522 \begin_layout Itemize
46524 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
46533 \begin_layout Standard
46534 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
46537 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
46544 \begin_layout Bibliography
46545 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46546 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46547 LatexCommand bibitem
46554 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46557 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
46562 \begin_inset Newline newline
46566 \begin_inset Flex URL
46569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46571 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
46579 \begin_layout Bibliography
46580 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46581 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46582 LatexCommand bibitem
46583 key "latexcompanion"
46587 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
46589 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
46592 Addison-Wesley, 2004
46595 \begin_layout Bibliography
46596 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46597 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46598 LatexCommand bibitem
46603 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
46606 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
46609 Addison-Wesley, 2003
46612 \begin_layout Bibliography
46613 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46614 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46615 LatexCommand bibitem
46622 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
46625 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
46628 \begin_layout Bibliography
46629 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46630 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46631 LatexCommand bibitem
46643 Addison-Wesley, 1984
46646 \begin_layout Bibliography
46647 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46648 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46649 LatexCommand bibitem
46655 \begin_inset Newline newline
46659 \begin_inset Flex URL
46662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46664 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
46672 \begin_layout Bibliography
46673 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46674 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46675 LatexCommand bibitem
46681 \begin_inset Newline newline
46685 \begin_inset Flex URL
46688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46690 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
46698 \begin_layout Bibliography
46699 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46700 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46701 LatexCommand bibitem
46707 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46709 name "Documentation"
46710 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf"
46719 \begin_inset Newline newline
46723 \begin_inset Flex URL
46726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46728 http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf
46736 \begin_layout Bibliography
46737 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46738 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46739 LatexCommand bibitem
46745 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46747 name "Documentation"
46748 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf"
46752 how to use the program
46757 \begin_inset Newline newline
46761 \begin_inset Flex URL
46764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46766 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf
46774 \begin_layout Bibliography
46775 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46776 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46777 LatexCommand bibitem
46783 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46785 name "Documentation"
46786 target "http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi"
46795 \begin_inset Newline newline
46799 \begin_inset Flex URL
46802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46804 http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi
46812 \begin_layout Bibliography
46813 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46814 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46815 LatexCommand bibitem
46821 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46823 name "Documentation"
46824 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
46833 \begin_inset Newline newline
46837 \begin_inset Flex URL
46840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46842 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
46850 \begin_layout Bibliography
46851 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46852 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46853 LatexCommand bibitem
46859 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46861 name "Documentation"
46862 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
46866 of the LaTeX-package
46871 \begin_inset Index idx
46874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46875 LaTeX-packages ! caption
46881 \begin_inset Newline newline
46885 \begin_inset Flex URL
46888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46890 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
46898 \begin_layout Bibliography
46899 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46900 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46901 LatexCommand bibitem
46907 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46909 name "Documentation"
46910 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
46914 of the LaTeX-package
46919 \begin_inset Index idx
46922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46923 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
46929 \begin_inset Newline newline
46933 \begin_inset Flex URL
46936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46938 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
46946 \begin_layout Bibliography
46947 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46948 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46949 LatexCommand bibitem
46957 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46959 name "Documentation"
46960 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf"
46966 of the LaTeX-package
46971 \begin_inset Index idx
46974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46975 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
46981 \begin_inset Newline newline
46985 \begin_inset Flex URL
46988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46990 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf
46998 \begin_layout Bibliography
46999 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47000 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47001 LatexCommand bibitem
47007 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47009 name "Documentation"
47010 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
47014 of the LaTeX-package
47019 \begin_inset Index idx
47022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47023 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
47029 \begin_inset Newline newline
47033 \begin_inset Flex URL
47036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47038 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
47046 \begin_layout Bibliography
47047 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47048 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47049 LatexCommand bibitem
47055 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47057 name "Documentation"
47058 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
47062 of the LaTeX-package
47067 \begin_inset Index idx
47070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47071 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
47077 \begin_inset Newline newline
47081 \begin_inset Flex URL
47084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47086 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
47094 \begin_layout Bibliography
47095 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47096 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47097 LatexCommand bibitem
47103 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47105 name "Documentation"
47106 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty"
47110 of the LaTeX-package
47115 \begin_inset Index idx
47118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47119 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
47125 \begin_inset Newline newline
47129 \begin_inset Flex URL
47132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47134 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty
47142 \begin_layout Bibliography
47143 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47144 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47145 LatexCommand bibitem
47151 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47154 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
47158 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
47159 \begin_inset Newline newline
47163 \begin_inset Flex URL
47166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47168 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
47176 \begin_layout Bibliography
47177 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47178 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47179 LatexCommand bibitem
47185 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47188 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
47192 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
47193 \begin_inset Newline newline
47197 \begin_inset Flex URL
47200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47202 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
47210 \begin_layout Bibliography
47211 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47212 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47213 LatexCommand bibitem
47219 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47222 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
47226 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
47227 \begin_inset Newline newline
47231 \begin_inset Flex URL
47234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47236 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
47244 \begin_layout Bibliography
47245 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47246 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47247 LatexCommand bibitem
47253 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47256 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
47260 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
47261 \begin_inset Newline newline
47265 \begin_inset Flex URL
47268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47270 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
47278 \begin_layout Bibliography
47279 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47280 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47281 LatexCommand bibitem
47287 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47290 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
47294 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
47295 \begin_inset Newline newline
47299 \begin_inset Flex URL
47302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47304 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
47312 \begin_layout Bibliography
47313 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47314 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47315 LatexCommand bibitem
47321 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47324 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian"
47328 how to set up LyX for Latvian:
47329 \begin_inset Newline newline
47333 \begin_inset Flex URL
47336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47338 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian
47346 \begin_layout Bibliography
47347 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47348 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47349 LatexCommand bibitem
47355 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47358 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian"
47362 how to set up LyX for Lithuanian:
47363 \begin_inset Newline newline
47367 \begin_inset Flex URL
47370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47372 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian
47380 \begin_layout Bibliography
47381 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47382 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47383 LatexCommand bibitem
47389 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47392 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian"
47396 how to set up LyX for Mongolian:
47397 \begin_inset Newline newline
47401 \begin_inset Flex URL
47404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47406 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian
47414 \begin_layout Bibliography
47415 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47416 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47417 LatexCommand bibitem
47423 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47426 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
47430 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
47431 \begin_inset Newline newline
47435 \begin_inset Flex URL
47438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47440 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
47448 \begin_layout Bibliography
47449 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47450 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47451 LatexCommand bibitem
47457 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47460 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20"
47464 about new features in
47469 \begin_inset Newline newline
47473 \begin_inset Flex URL
47476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47478 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20
47486 \begin_layout Standard
47487 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
47494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47521 \begin_inset Note Note
47524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47531 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
47532 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
47533 bibliography is the second one:
47541 \begin_layout Standard
47542 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
47543 LatexCommand bibtex
47544 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
47545 options "biblio/alphadin"
47552 \begin_layout Standard
47553 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
47556 \begin_layout Standard
47557 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
47558 LatexCommand printnomenclature
47564 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
47565 LatexCommand printindex